Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 0–40A Compact Contactor
4.1
Product Overview—Contactors and Starters Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2
4.3
4.5
V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
V5-T4-23 V5-T4-30 V5-T4-38
V5-T4-46 V5-T4-49 V5-T4-52 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-59
4 4
V5-T4-64 V5-T4-64 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-66
Direct Current Contactors Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8
V5-T4-11
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7
V5-T4-8
Renewal Parts Product Selection Contact Kits, Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6
V5-T4-4
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose
V5-T4-3
Starters 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4
V5-T4-2
Contactors 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starter
V5-T4-2
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
Ratings Ampere Rating of AC Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-86
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-1
4.1 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
Contents
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Description
4
Contactors 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole— C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . Starters 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase— A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase— A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Product Overview
Application Description
Features
Eaton offers the most complete line of Definite Purpose (DP) contactors in the industry. Designed for heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration (HVACR) applications, Eaton’s DP contactors are designed to handle the most challenging installations.
These ampere and horsepower rated devices from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are designed for service in applications such as refrigeration, air conditioning and resistance heating and are manufactured to traditional standards for quality and reliability. They are subjected to stringent quality assurance inspections and testing procedures. The life expectancy, both electrical and mechanical, will meet or exceed industry performance requirements for Definite Purpose devices.
●
4 4 4 4
● ●
●
●
Completely encased design impervious to dust and other environmental elements 15–360A contactor ratings Single-, two-, three- and four-pole configurations Contactors and starters (up to 60A) Open components and enclosed designs
If more detailed technical information is required— specifications, ratings, and so on—contact your local Eaton distributor or sales office.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-4 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
V5-T4-23 V5-T4-30 V5-T4-38
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
4.1
Catalog Number Selection
4
Definite Purpose Control—Contactors and Starters
4
C 25 D N A 2 15 A A 161 -84 Model C = Contactor A = Three-phase starter B = Single-phase starter
4 Options Blank = Individual pkg. GL = Global listed -84 = 20 pc./pkg. (C25D_) 50 pc./pkg. (C25A_, C25B_, C25C_) -86 = Rotate coil terminals 180° for 15A–50A contactors
Type 25 = Non-reversing contactors and starters (C306) 27 = Non-reversing starters (XTOB) 30 = Non-reversing starters (C440 EOL) 65 = Reversing contactors
4 4 4 4 4
Fuse Blocks 161 = Class M, 600V, 30A 237 = Class G, 300V, 15A 238 = Class G, 300V, 20A 231 = Class G, 300V, 30A 232 = Class G, 300V, 60A 361 = Class J, 600V, 30A 362 = Class J, 600V, 60A 431 = Class T, 300V, 30A 432 = Class T, 300V, 60A 461 = Class T, 600V, 30A 462 = Class T, 600V, 60A 521 = Class H, 250V, 30A 522 = Class H, 250V, 60A 621 = Class R, 250V, 30A 622 = Class R, 250V, 60A
Contactor Frame Size A = Compact, single-pole B = Compact, two-pole C = Compact, single-pole w/shunt D = 15–50A, two- and three-pole E = 25–40A, four-pole F = 60–75A, two- and three-pole G = 90A, two- and three-pole H = 120A, two- and three-pole K = 200 and 300A, three-pole L = 360A, three-pole For Starters Only C = Common control wiring S = Separate control wiring
4 4 4 4 4 4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount) A = 1NO pressure plate B = 1NC pressure plate C = 1NO-1NC pressure plate D = 2NO pressure plate E = 2NC pressure plate F = 1NO pressure plate and QC G = 1NC pressure plate and QC H = 1NO-1NC pressure plate and QC J = 2NO pressure plate and QC K = 2NC pressure plate and QC L = 1NO-1NC snap switch QC only M = 2NO-2NC snap switch QC only
Enclosure Type N = Open with metal mounting plate R = Open with DIN rail mounting adapter (two- and three-pole, 15–50A contactors only) G = NEMA Type 1 Enclosed
Power Terminals A = Binding head screw B = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) C = Screw/pressure plate 1 D = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) 1 E = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) F = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) G = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) H = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) 1 J = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) K = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) L = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) M = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole
4 4 4 4 4 4
Coil Selection A = 110–120 Vac, 50/60 Hz R = 12 Vac, 50/60 Hz B = 208–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz T = 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz C = 440–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz 1R = 12 Vdc D = 550–600 Vac, 50/50 Hz 1T = 24 Vdc H = 277 Vac, 60 Hz 1W = 48 Vdc J = 220–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 1A = 120 Vdc L = 380–415 Vac, 50 Hz
15 = 15A 25 = 25A 30 = 30A 40 = 40A 50 = 50A 60 = 60A
4
4 4 4 4
Current Rating 75 = 75A 90 = 90A 120 = 120A 200 = 200A 300 = 300A 360 = 360A
4 4 4 4
Note 1 Not available on 50A devices.
4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-3
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Contents
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
Description
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s 20–40A, single- and two-pole, Type C25 contactors from Eaton’s Electrical Sector feature a compact, efficient design with a low VA coil and straight-through wiring. New contactor housing design effectively limits dust and other contaminants from magnet structure—reduces or eliminates noise. These economically priced, UL recognized/CSA certified, ampere rated devices are well suited for use in heating/ air conditioning, refrigeration, data processing and food service applications.
●
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
●
● ● ● ● ●
UL Recognized Components: UL File Number E1491, Guides NLDX2 and NLDX8 CSA Certified Components: CSA C22.2 No. 14-05, File Number 238083 Class 3211 84 IEC 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 ARI 780/790 Standard CE RoHS Compliance
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-5 V5-T4-5 V5-T4-6 V5-T4-6 V5-T4-7 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Catalog Number Selection
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
C25BNB230 Incomplete catalog number
4
A
4 4
Magnet coil suffix
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see below ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-6
4 4
Product Selection
4
Compact Contactors—Open Type Ampere Rating 1
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
4
Resistive
240–277V
480V
575V
115V
230V
115V
230V
Catalog Number 23
4
25
30
150
—
—
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25ANB125_
4
30
40
150
75
50
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25ANB130_
40
50
240
—
—
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25ANB140_
Inductive Full Load Single-Pole
Locked Rotor
Single-Pole
4 4 4
Single-Pole with Shunt
Single-Pole with Shunt 25
30
150
—
—
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25CNB125_
30
40
150
75
50
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25CNB130_
40
50
240
—
—
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25CNB140_
4 4 4 4
Two-Pole
4
Two-Pole 20
30
120
100
80
1-1/2
3
1.1
2.2
C25BNB220_
25
35
150
125
100
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25BNB225_
30
40
150
125
100
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25BNB230_
40
50
240
200
160
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25BNB240_
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
Coil Suffix
24
T
110–120
A
208–240
B
277
H
380–415 (50 Hz), 440–480 (60 Hz)
C
4 4 4 4
Notes 1 Rating per pole. 2 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with coil suffix letter from the table above. 3 Bulk pack quantities are available in quantities of 50, contact local sales office.
4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-5
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Options
4
When Ordering Specify To order replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with letter F. Example: C25BNF240A.
4 4 4 4
Compact Factory Installed Options Description Box lugs with quick connects for 20–40A contactors Single-pole Single-pole with shunt Two-pole
4 4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Description
Specification
Insulation voltage
690V
4
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
Double break
Magnet coil
Class F, 155°C
4
Contact arc covers
Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals
5/16 in hex washer head screws Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals Box lugs available as option
4 4
Line and load terminal designations
Marked on contactors
Operating temperature range
–13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
4
Terminal wire range
4 4
Hex washer head screws
6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs
6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating 8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating 6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
Mounting position
Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
4 4 4
Coil Characteristics AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
Maximum Inrush VA
Maximum Sealed VA
Maximum Sealed Watts
2
Single-Pole
4
24
33
6
4
120
33
6
2
208/240
33
6
2
4
277
33
6
2
4
24
41
6.5
3
120
41
6.5
3
Two-Pole
4
208/240
41
6.5
3
4
277
41
6.5
3
480
41
6.5
3
4 4 4 4 V5-T4-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Single-Pole and Single-Pole + Shunt
4
0.03 (0.8)
0.21 (5.2)
4
0.25 (6.3)
4 4 4
3.19 (81)
1.50 1.77 2.40 (38) (45) (61)
4 4 1.61 (41)
4
2.32 (59)
1.97 (50)
4
Approximate Shipping Weight
4
0.5 lb (0.2 kg)
4
Two-Pole 0.03 (0.8)
0.21 (5.2)
4
0.25 (6.3)
4 4 4
3.19 (81)
1.50 1.77 2.40 (38) (45) (61)
4 4
1.61 (41) 1.97 (50)
4
2.32 (59)
4
Approximate Shipping Weight
4
0.7 lb (0.3 kg)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-7
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Contents
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Description
4
Page
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4
V5-T4-4 V5-T4-9 V5-T4-11 V5-T4-13 V5-T4-14 V5-T4-16 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
4 4 4 4 4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
4
Product Description
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Eaton offers the most comprehensive line of definite purpose contactors in the industry. Initially designed as an HVAC and refrigeration product, the C25 line is now the market leader and the product of choice for many OEMs and contractors serving diverse markets. Featuring current ratings between 15A and 360A, the contactors are dual-rated for inductive and resistive ratings as well as for horsepower and kilowatt ratings. Other terminal configurations are available, see Page V5-T4-13. Contactors will accept add-on auxiliary contacts—order factory assembled or as kits for field installation. The separately available snapon mechanical interlock permits interlocking two contactors for reversing or two-speed applications.
Standards and Certifications Standard DP Contactors (15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole) The standard line of C25 DP contactor features: ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Pressure plates and quick connects are standard on 15–30A contactors Lugs and quick connects are standard on 40A and 50A contactors Highest electrical life in its class—minimum 250,000 operations Universal baseplate allows for easy retrofit of competitive units (optional DIN rail mounting) UL recognized design in U.S. and Canada “cURus” (CSA approval pending) Accessories including auxiliary contacts, mechanical interlocks and fuse blocks RoHS (Reduction of Hazardous Substances) compliant
Global Listed Contactors (15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole) In addition to all the features of the standard DP line, the Global Listed line also features: ●
●
●
Exact footprint and mounting dimensions as the standard line—ideal for retrofits CE (Conformité Européen), CCC (China) and DEMKO (Denmark) certifications Higher electrical life— minimum 300,000 operations
Contactors between 15A and 50A are offered as two different lines—Standard and Global Listed.
4 4 4 V5-T4-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Class 3211 04, 481301 and 122201 CE mark (Global line only) EN 60947-4-1 RoHS Compliance (15A to 50A and 90A)
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-10 ● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13 DP Contactor
4 4
C25 Contactors—Open Type
Locked Rotor
Maximum Motor (hp) Single- ThreePhase Phase
Maximum Motor (kW) Single- ThreePhase Phase
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C25DND215_
C25DRD215_
C25DND215_-GL
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C25DND315_
C25DRD315_
C25DND315_-GL
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DND225_
C25DRD225_
C25DND225_-GL
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C25DND325_
C25DRD325_
C25DND325_-GL
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
4
C25END425_
—
—
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
4 4
Ampere Rating Inductive Resistive Full Load per Pole
Line Voltage
15
25
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
200
300
360
20
35
40
50
65
75
90
120
140
200
300
360
Global Listed Line With Baseplate Catalog Number 1
4
Standard DP Contactors With With DIN Rail Baseplate Adapter Number Catalog Catalog 1 of Poles Number Number 1
4 4 4 4 4
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DND230_
C25DRD230_
C25DND230_-GL
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C25DND330_
C25DRD330_
C25DND330_-GL
460
150
—
15
—
11
4
C25END430_
—
—
575
120
—
15
—
11
4
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DNF240_
C25DRF240_
C25DNF240_-GL
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
3
C25DNF340_
C25DRF340_
C25DNF340_-GL
4
460
200
—
20
—
15
4
C25ENF440_
—
—
575
160
—
20
—
15
4
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DNJ250_
C25DRJ250_
C25DNJ250_-GL
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C25DNJ350_
C25DRJ350_
C25DNJ350_-GL
4
460
250
—
30
—
22
575
200
—
30
—
22
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FNF260_
—
—
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C25FNF360_
—
—
460
300
—
40
—
30
575
240
—
40
—
30
115
450
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FNF275_
—
—
3
C25FNF375_
—
—
230
450
15
20
11
18.5
460
375
—
50
—
37
575
300
—
50
—
37
115
540
7-1/2
—
5.5
—
2
C25GNF290_
—
—
230
540
15
30
11
22
3
C25GNF390_
—
—
460
450
—
50
—
37
575
360
—
50
—
37
230
720
—
—
—
—
3
C25HNE3120_
—
—
460
720
575
570
240
1200
480
1200
600
1000
240
1800
480
1800
600
1500
240
2320
480
2320
600
1900
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
—
—
—
—
3
C25KNE3200_
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
C25KNE3300_
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
C25LNE3360_
—
—
4 4 4 4 4 4
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-10.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-9
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage 60 Hertz
4
AC
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
1
Voltage 60 Hertz DC
Coil Suffix
9
4
12 2
12
R
12
4
24 3
24
T
24
1T
110–120 4
110–120 4
A
48
1W
208 5
—
E
120
1A j
208–240 6
208–240
B
240 7
220
J
277
—
H
4
—
380–415
L
4
440–480
440–480
C
550–600 8
550–600
D
4 4
4
1R
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 Available through 75A. 3 Available through 120A. 4 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A and all four-pole contactors (25A–40A). 5 Available 120–360A. 6 Available 15–90A, others 240V. 7 Available through 50A. 8 Not available for 90A. 9 Contactors with DC coils (only available up to 75A) include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more details. j Available only for 15A through 75A contactors and four-pole contactors.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted)
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac With Pressure Plate and Quick Connect Terminals
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
1NO
C320KG1
C320KG11
4
1NC
C320KG2
C320KG12
1NO-1NC
C320KG3
C320KG13
2NO
C320KG4
C320KG14
2NC
C320KG5
C320KG15
Circuit Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact
4
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
For 15 through 75A
4 4 4 4
Auxiliary Contact for FI Series Contactors
4
For 90A 1NO
—
FIC320DPG10 1
1NC
—
FIC320DPG01 1
1NO-1NC
—
FIC320DPG11 1
2NO
—
FIC320DPG20 1
4 4 4 4 4
For 120 through 360A
Side Mounted Snap Switch
1NO
C320KGS20
—
1NC
C320KGS21
—
1NO-1NC
C320KGS22
—
4 4 4
Snap Switch Design Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts (For 15–75A Contactors Only)
4
Snap Switch Design with Quick Connect Terminals Circuit
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
C320SNP11
2NO-2NC
C320SNP22
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal
4
Description Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped) for magnet coil terminals 2
4
Notes 1 Valid on Series FI contactors only. 2 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C25DND215A9.
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-11
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Top Mounted)
4
Top Mounted Auxiliary Contact
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
4
Circuit
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
Catalog Number
Circuit
Catalog Number
1
4
For 15 through 75A 1NO
C320KGT1
1NO-2NC
C320KGT11
4
1NC
C320KGT2
3NC
C320KGT12
4 4 4 4
1NO-1NC
C320KGT3
4NO
C320KGT13
2NO
C320KGT4
3NO-1NC
C320KGT14
2NC
C320KGT5
2NO-2NC
C320KGT15
3NO
C320KGT9
1NO-3NC
C320KGT16
2NO-1NC
C320KGT10
4NC
C320KGT17
Mechanical Interlock Kit
Mechanical Interlock
4
Description
Catalog Number
Mechanical interlock kit for 15 through 75A
C321KM60B
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer Side mounted on C25D, C25E and C25F frame. This timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the START button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized. Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Timing Range
Catalog Number 234
0.1–1.0 seconds
C320TDN1_
4
1–30 seconds
C320TDN30_
30–300 seconds
C320TDN300_
4
5–30 minutes
C320TDN3000_
4
4
Separate Enclosures
4
NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 4
Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1 Application
Catalog Number
15 through 50A, two- and three-pole
C799B18
60A, two- and three-pole or 25 through 40A, four-pole
C799B19
4 4
Notes 1 Not available for four-pole contactors (15–40 Amp). 2 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V 3 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors. 4 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
4 4 4 4 V5-T4-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Options
4
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted. Factory Installed Options Field Installed Options Description
Code Letter
Number of Poles
Terminals—15A through 50A Binding head screws Without quick connect terminals
4
Description
Catalog Number
Finger-proof shield for 15–50A
49-7899KIT 56
4 4
A
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
G
2-, 3-pole
4
C
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
D
2-, 3-, 4-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H
2-, 3-pole
Screw/pressure plate 1 Without quick connect terminals
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw Without quick connect terminals
4
4 4
2
E
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
F
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
J
2-, 3-pole
4 4
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw) Without quick connect terminals
K
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
L
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
M
2-, 3-pole
E
2-, 3-pole
F
2-, 3-pole
Terminals—60A through 75A
4
3
Box lugs (slotted screw) Without quick connect terminals With quick connect terminals
4 4 4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount) Add code letter listed below to complete catalog number. Example: Change C25DND215A to C25DND215AA. Auxiliary Contacts—Factory Installed
4
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals Code Letter
With Quick Connect Terminals Code Letter
Snap Switch Design with Quick Connect Terminals Code Letter
1NO
A
F
—
1NC
B
G
—
1NO-1NC
C
H
—
2NO
D
J
—
2NC
E
K
—
1NO-1NC
—
—
L
2NO-2NC
—
—
M
1NO
A
—
—
1NO-1NC
C
—
—
2NO
D
—
—
2NC
E
—
—
Description
4 4 4
For 15 through 90A 4
4 4 4
For 15 through 75A
4 4
For 120 through 360A
4 4
Special Marking (Special contactor marking, consult local sales office)
4
Notes 1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors. 2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws. 3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250. 4 90A available only with binding head screw and quick connect terminals. 5 Kit contains quantity 1 shield. 6 Not for use with Quick Connect terminals on the power poles.
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
4 4 www.eaton.com
V5-T4-13
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Standard and Global Listed Line
4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 Specification Description
Standard
Global Listed Line
Magnet coil
Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C Class F (C25D and L), 155°C Class H (C25D), 180°C (available as factory installed option)
Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C Class F (C25D and L), 155°C Class H (C25D), 180°C (available as factory installed option)
4
Contacts
Double break
Double break
4
Coil terminals
18 AWG (90A)
18 AWG (90A)
Ambient temperature
150°F (65°C) maximum
150°F (65°C) maximum
4 4
4
Terminal wire range #8–32 binding head screw
14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
4
#8–32 screw/pressure plate
14–8 AWG (one conductor); 14–8 AWG (two conductors)
14–8 AWG (one conductor); 14–8 AWG (two conductors)
4
Box lugs—15–50A 1
4
# 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor) Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
# 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor) Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
Box lugs—60–75A 1
Upper level: 14–2 AWG Lower level: 14–6 AWG
Upper level: 14–2 AWG Lower level: 14–6 AWG
4
Box lugs—90A
1/0–8 AWG
1/0–8 AWG
4
Box lugs—120A
3/0–8 AWG
3/0–8 AWG
Box lugs—200–300A
350 kcmil–6 AWG
350 kcmil–6 AWG
4
Box lugs—360A
750 kcmil–2 AWG
750 kcmil–2 AWG
4 4 4
Contactor Torque Ratings Contactor Size 15–50A
2
4
Terminal
4
60–75A
12–14 AWG
22 lb-in
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
15 lb-in
Box lug
12–14 AWG
15 lb-in
10 AWG
25 lb-in
8 AWG
40 lb-in
4–6 AWG
45 lb-in
10–14 AWG
40 lb-in
8 AWG
45 lb-in
Box lug
4 4
90A
Box lug
120A
Box lug
4 4 4 4 4
Tightening Torque
8–32 binding head screw
4 3
Wire Range
3–6 AWG
50 lb-in
1/0–8 AWG
60 lb-in
8 AWG
40 lb-in
4–6 AWG
45 lb-in
3–1/0 AWG
50 lb-in
200–300A
Box lug
6–350 kcmil
200 lb-in
360A
Box lug
2–750 kcmil
550 lb-in
Notes 1 The box lugs on the 15–75A device can accept two conductors per pole. 2 The box lugs on the 15–50A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept 4–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG. 3 The box lugs on the 60–75A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept 3–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG.
4 4 4 V5-T4-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
For Global Line Only
4
DC Ratings (Global Listed Line Only) Two-Pole, 15–30A Inductive
Two-Pole, 40A Inductive
Three-Pole, 15–30A Inductive
Three-Pole, 40A Inductive
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
Voltage
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
240 Vdc three poles in series
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
3/4
4
5
1
5
120 Vdc three poles in series
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
3/4
8
10
1
10
120 Vdc two poles in series
5.5
1/2
5.5
8
3/4
8
5.5
1/2
5.5
8
3/4
8
120 Vdc per pole
2
1/10
2
3.5
1/4
3.5
2
1/10
2
3.5
1/4
3.5
24 Vdc per pole
15
—
15
20
—
20
15
—
15
20
—
20
Tungsten and Ballast (480V)
25A
30A
30A
40A
40A
50A
50A
60A
4 4 4 4 4
Lighting Duty Ratings (Global Listed Line Only) C25D_ Inductive Rating
4
4 4 4 4 4
IEC/CE Ratings (IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1) for 15A through 50A C25 D–Contactors (Global Listed Line Only) C25D_
AC-1 (Ic)
Inductive Rating
480V
600V
AC-3 (Ie) 480V
600V
AC-4 (Ie) 480V
600V
480V
600V
15A
20A
20A
15A
15A
15A
—
15A
15A
25A
30A
30A
25A
25A
25A
—
25A
25A
30A
40A
40A
30A
30A
30A
—
30A
30A
40A
50A
—
40A
—
40A
—
40A
—
50A
65A
65A
50A
50A
50A
—
50A
50A
4
AC-8a
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-15
4.2 4 4
Contactors
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) C25 Contactors, Open Type and Open Type—Reversing 15–75 Ampere (Non-Reversing)
4 4
F
C Mtg. Holes/Slots for 8 Screws
J
GD B
H E
C Mtg. Holes/Slots for 16 Screws
7/32 Hex Socket (6 places)
(2) 0.25 x 0.032 Male with Quick Connects (6 places)
4 4
GD
H E
C 1NO Auxiliary Contact with 0.25 x 0.032 Male Quick Connects at Left
0.393 (10.0) DIA
0.20 (5.2)
0.20 (5.2)
4.43 4.63 (112.5) (117.5)
B
4
0.20 (5.2)
4
H E A
4 4
F
90 Ampere
4 4
J
A I
Aux. Cont.
4
B
J
Aux. Cont.
4
A
Aux. Cont.
4
15–75 Ampere (Reversing)
J Aux. Cont.
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
120 Ampere A
H E
0.25 x 0.032 Male with Quick Connect Coil Terminal (2 places)
200–360 Ampere J
C
A
C
4 4 4 4 4
Side Mtd. Aux.
BE
BE
Aux. D
Mtg. Holes for 3 Screws
D
Mtg. Holes for 3 Screws
Dimensions and Shipping Weights Side Auxiliary Contact Adder
Number of Poles
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1.3 (.6)
4
Ampere Size
4
Open Type 15–50
2 and 3
2.40 (61.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
—
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.34 (8.6)
4
25–40
4
2.68 (68.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.38 (86.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.50 (12.5)
2.3 (1.0)
60–75
2 and 3
2.63 (67.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.37 (9.5)
2.8 (1.3)
4
90
2 and 3
3.86 (98.0)
5.00 (127.0)
4.41 (112.0)
—
2.87 (73.0)
—
—
2.48 (63.0)
—
NN (NN)
4
120
2 and 3
3.54 (90.0)
7.17 (182.0)
5.94 (151.0)
3.00 (76.0)
6.63 (168.0)
—
—
—
0.54 (13.7)
8.5 (3.9)
200 and 300
2 and 3
7.05 (179.0)
9.11 (232.0)
7.25 (184.0)
6.00 (152.0)
8.50 (216.0)
—
—
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
4
360
2 and 3
7.05 (179.0)
13.12 (333.0)
7.78 (198.0)
6.00 (152.0)
12.50 (318.0)
—
—
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
4
15–50
2 and 3
5.0 (127.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.25 (83.0)
4.53 (118.0)
—
3.13 (79.0)
4.13 (105.0)
0.34 (8.6)
2.6 (1.2)
60–75
2 and 3
5.77 (147.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0
5.15 (131.0)
3.15 (80.0)
3.13 (79.0)
4.65 (118.0)
0.37 (9.5)
5.6 (2.5)
4 4
Open Type—Reversing
Note 1 Add 0.30 in (8 mm) to width for C25 contactors with DC coils.
V5-T4-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
4.2
Contents Description
Page
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
V5-T4-4 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-18 V5-T4-19 V5-T4-20
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
4
Product Description
4
Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment. They are supplied either factory assembled, mounted and wired to the contactor or in kit form.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Note: Available only on threepole, 15–50A contactors
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-17
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
Optional Three-Pole Fuse Block
4 4 4 4 4
Available only on three-pole, 15–50A contactors Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment. They are supplied either factory assembled, mounted and wired to the contactor or in kit form. To order factory assembled, add suffix number from table below to catalog number of contactor listed on Page V5-T4-9. Example: C25DND325A361. Three-Pole Fuse Block
Three-Pole Fuse Blocks Fuse Holder Volts
4
Fuse Dimensions in Inches (mm) Amperes
Diameter
Length
Terminal Type
Maximum Wire Size
Factory Installed Ordering Suffix
Field Installation Kit Catalog Number
30
0.41 (10.4)
1.50 (38.1)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
161
C350KM61
15
0.41 (10.4)
1.31 (33.3)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
237
C350KG37
1.41 (35.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
238
C350KG38
1.63 (41.4)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
231
C350KG31
2.25 (57.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
232
C350KG32
Class M
4
600
4
600
Class G
20
4
480
4
Class J
30
0.41 (10.4)
60
4
600
4
Class T 300
4 4
600
4
Class H 250
4
30
0.81 (20.6)
2.25 (57.2)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
361
C350KJ61
60
1.06 (26.9)
2.38 (60.5)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
362
C350KJ62
30
0.41 (10.4)
0.88 (22.4)
Box lug
6 AWG Cu
431
C350KT31
60
0.56 (14.2)
0.88 (22.4)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
432
C350KT32
30
0.56 (14.2)
1.50 (38.1)
Box lug
6 AWG Cu
461
C350KT61
60
0.81 (20.6)
1.56 (39.6)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
462
C350KT62
30
0.56 (14.2)
2.00 (50.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
521
C350KH21
60
0.81 (20.6)
3.00 (76.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
522
C350KH22
30
0.56 (14.2)
2.00 (50.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
621
C350KR21
60
0.81 (20.6)
3.00 (76.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
622
C350KR22
Class R
4
250
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
Three-Pole Fuse Block and Contactor
4 4 4
B
4 4
C
A Front View
Side View Wide
High
Amps
Volts
A
B
C
G
15
600
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.62 (67)
4.25 (108)
5.18 (132)
20 30
480
60 H
30
250
60 J
30
600
60 M
30
600
R
30
250
60 T
4
Deep
Fuse Size Class
3.00 (76)
3.03 (77)
5.33 (135)
4.22 (107)
4.75 (121)
5.86 (149)
4.81 (122)
4.12 (105)
5.92 (150)
4.81 (122)
4.12 (105)
5.92 (150)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
3.00 (76)
3.03 (77)
5.33 (135)
4.22 (107)
4.75 (121)
5.86 (149)
30
300
3.44 (87)
2.75 (70)
5.43 (138)
60
300
3.44 (87)
2.75 (70)
5.43 (138)
30
600
3.75 (95)
3.19 (81)
5.36 (136)
60
600
4.87 (124)
2.94 (75)
5.68 (144)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-19
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Contents
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
Description
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
4
Product Description
4 4 4 4
C65 Reversing Contactors from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are furnished with pressure plates and quick connect terminals as standard on 15, 25 and 30A devices and with box lugs and quick connect terminals on 40, 50, 60 and 75A.
Standards and Certifications Other terminal configurations are available—see Factory Installed Options on Page V5-T4-13. Reversing contactors will accept add-on auxiliary contacts on either side—order factory assembled or as kits for field installation. See Page V5-T4-13.
●
●
●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380w-1.14 Class 3211 04 CE
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-4 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-21 V5-T4-21
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
C65DND315 Incomplete catalog number
A
4
X
Magnet coil suffix
4 4
Option code as necessary
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-22 ● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13
4 4 4
Product Selection C65 Reversing Contactor
4
Open Type Contactors—Unwired, Mechanically Interlocked Only Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Open Type with Metal Open Type with DIN Mounting Plate Rail Adapter
Inductive Full Load
Resistive per Pole
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Number of Poles
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
15
20
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C65DND215_
C65DRD215_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
25
30
40
50
60
75
35
40
50
65
75
90
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C65DND225_
C65DRD225_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C65DND230_
C65DRD230_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
460
150
—
15
—
11
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
575
120
—
15
—
11
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C65DNF240_
C65DRF240_
3
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
460
200
—
20
—
15
575
160
—
20
—
15
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C65DNJ250_
C65DRJ250_
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
460
250
—
30
—
22
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
575
200
—
30
—
22
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C65FNF260_
—
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C65FNF360_
—
460
300
—
40
—
30
C65FNF360_
—
575
240
—
40
—
30
C65FNF360_
—
115
450
5
—
3.7
—
2
C65FNF275_
—
230
450
15
20
11
18.5
3
C65FNF375_
—
460
375
—
50
—
37
C65FNF375_
—
575
300
—
50
—
37
C65FNF375_
—
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from Page V5-T4-22.
4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-21
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix Volts 60 Hz
50 Hz
Coil Suffix 1
12
12
R
4
24
24
T
4
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
208–240
208–240
B
4
240 3
220
J
277
—
H
4
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4
4 4
Magnet Coil Options
4
Description
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (“U” shaped) for magnet coil terminals. To order, add Suffix Number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C65DND315A9.
4 4 4
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A. 3 Available through 50A.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Contents
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
Description
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-24 V5-T4-26 V5-T4-27 V5-T4-28 V5-T4-28 V5-T4-29 V5-T4-30 V5-T4-38
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 Product Description
Features and Benefits
Standards and Certifications
A25 and B25 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and Freedom Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays mounted on a common mounting plate.
Overload Relay ● Selectable manual or automatic reset operation ● Interchangeable heater packs adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors ● Class 10 or 20 heater packs ● Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism ● Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test) ● Overload trip indication ● Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock ● Single-phase sensitivity
●
●
4
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Catalog Number Selection
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
4
A25CNC30 Incomplete catalog number
4
A
4
Magnet coil suffix
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-24 Example, order catalog number A25CNC30A ● Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27
4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-23
4.3 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Product Selection A25 Starter
4
Single- and Three-Phase Starters—Open Type
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase 12
Three-Phase 1
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Common Control
Separate Control
Common Control
Separate Control
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
4
25
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
4
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
4
575
120
—
15
—
11
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
4
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
4
460
200
—
20
—
15
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
115
300
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
230
300
—
15
—
11
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
460
250
—
30
—
22
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
575
200
—
30
—
22
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
115
360
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
230
360
—
20
—
15
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
460
300
—
40
—
30
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
575
240
—
40
—
30
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
4 4
30
40
50
4 4 4
60
4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage 60 Hertz
4
AC 4
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
Voltage 60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 7
12
12
R
12
4
24
24
T
24
1T
4
110–120 5
110–120 5
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
240 6
220
J
277
—
H
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4 4 4
1R
Notes 1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27. 2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications. 3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from table above. 4 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 5 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor. 6 Available through 50A. 7 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Overload Relay General Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600 volts, 2) short-circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (NEC Art. 430-31) Time Current Characteristics The time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratory (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC.
UL requires— ● When tested at 100 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately ● When tested at 200 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes ● When tested at 600 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay or heater packs “Current Rating” is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA (Full Load Amperes) current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service
factor motor.“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting. Example: 600% of current rating is defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. A 10 ampere heater setting must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75 amperes motor current for a Class 20 relay. Overload Relay Setting
For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FLA dial single-half position counterclockwise (CCW). Manual/Automatic Reset— The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration. Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices.
FLA Dial Adjustment— For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to correspond to the motor’s FLA rating. Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example.
Test for Trip Indication— To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue RESET button. An orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push RESET button in to reset.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
FLA Dial Adjustment
4
Reset Adjustment Dial
1.0 1.15 Service Service Factor Factor B A
4
C
4
A D
Example of 12.0 FLA setting for heater pack number H2011B showing position for 1.0 or 1.15 service factor motors.
4
M
4
Example of setting for manual reset.
4 4 4
Replacement Overload with Connectors Starter Size
Overload Part Number
25 and 30A
10-7125
40 and 50A
10-7132
60A
10-7131
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-25
4.3 4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Accessories Contactor Accessories, see Pages V5-T4-11 and V5-T4-12. Locking Cover for Overload Relay Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial—helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting. Locking Cover for Overload Relay
Locking Cover
Description
Minimum Order Quantity (Std. Pkg.)
Catalog Number
4
Clear cover, no accessibility
50
C320PC3
Gray cover, no accessibility, with auto only nib
50
C320PC4
4
Gray cover, no accessibility, with manual only nib
50
C320PC5
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and auto only nib
50
C320PC6
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and manual only nib
50
C320PC7
4
4 4 4
Separate Enclosures Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1
4
Application
Catalog Number
4
25 and 30A
C799B11
40, 50 and 60A
C799B13
4
Heater Packs
4
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
Fast Trip Ratings
4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position A B C
D
Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs)
0.26
0.313
0.367
0.42
H2101B-3
4
0.384
0.464
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
0.57
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
4
0.846
1.02
1.2
1.37
H2104B-3
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.1
H2105B-3
4
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
4
2.3
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
3.38
4.1
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
4
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
4
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
14.4
17.5
20.7
23.8
H2112B-3
4
18.7
21.8
25
28.1
H2113B-3
23.5
27.3
31
34.8
H2114B-3
4
28.3
32.6
37
41.3
H2115B-3
4
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
4
4
4 4 4
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28. Notes 1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counterclockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors. 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
V5-T4-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4 4 4
Standard Trip Ratings Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs)
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
Dial Position
0.375
0.452
0.53
0.607
H2002B-3
0.56
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
1.2
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.9
H2006B-3
2.15
2.6
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.23
3.9
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
4.55
5.5
6.45
7.4
H2009B-3
6.75
8.17
9.58
11
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14
H2011B-3
14
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
29
34
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28.
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Terminal Wire Sizes
4
Line Side (Contactor) 3 Wire Range—Solid or Stranded Terminal Type
Power Terminals
Coil Terminals
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Box lug: 25–50A
4–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Box lug: 60A
3–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
4 4 4
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid) Terminal
Range
Torque Rating
25 and 30A
14–6 AWG
20 lb-in (14–10 AWG)
40, 50 and 60A
14–2 AWG
35 lb-in (14–10 AWG) 40 lb-in (8 AWG) 45 lb-in (6–4 AWG) 50 lb-in (3–2 AWG)
4 4 4 4
Control Terminals—Cu Only
4
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid Notes 1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counterclockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors. 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications. 3 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-27
4.3 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit AC Volts
120V
240V
480V
600V
4
NC Contact B600
4
Make and break
30A
15A
7.5A
6A
Break
3A
1.5A
0.75A
0.6A
Continuous
5A
5A
5A
5A
Make and break
15A
7.5A
3.375A
3A
Break
1.5A
0.75A
0.375A
0.3A
Continuous
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
4 4 4 4 4 4
NO Contact C600
Trip Curves Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating Class 10 Overload Relay
4 4 4
10,000
5000 4000 3000 2000
5000 4000 3000 2000
1000
1000
500 400 300 200
4 4
Class 20 Overload Relay
10,000
Trip Time (Seconds) 100
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
4 4 4 4
500 400 300 200
From Cold Start
Trip Time (Seconds) 100
10
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
10
0
From Cold Start
0
10
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
4 4
Wiring Diagrams
4
Single-Phase Connections Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control)
4 4
L1 1
4
98
4
97 96
4
L1
L2
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L3
1
13
4
Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control)
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L2
4
4
Three-Phase Connections
14
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
95
13
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
14 98
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
97 96
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 T1
AC Motor
T2
95
T3
AC Motor
4 V5-T4-28
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
10
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A25 and B25 Starers—Open Type
4
25 and 30 Ampere H
A
H
4
40, 50 and 60 Ampere C
H
A
H
C
4 4
B
BE
4
E
4 4
G D Mtg. for #10-32 Screw
G D Mtg. for #10-32 Screw
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide A
High B
Deep C
Deep D
Mounting E
Mounting G
Auxiliary Contact Adder H
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
2.50 (64.0)
7.14 (181.0)
3.56 (90.4)
3.69 (93.7)
6.55 (166.0)
0.20 (5.1)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
40
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.0)
3.50 (89.0)
3.66 (93.0)
7.50 (190.5)
2.00 (51.0)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
50 and 60
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.0)
4.15 (105.0)
3.66 (93.0)
7.50 (190.5)
2.00 (51.0)
0.54 (13.7)
3.6 (1.6)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-29
4.3 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Contents
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
Description
4
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-23 V5-T4-31 V5-T4-33 V5-T4-33 V5-T4-36 V5-T4-36 V5-T4-37 V5-T4-38
4 4 4 4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
4
Product Description
Features and Benefits
A27 and B27 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and XT Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays.
●
4 4 4 4 4
● ●
●
●
4 4
●
Selectable manual or automatic reset operation Class 10 trip class Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull TEST button to test) Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock Single-phase sensitivity
Standards and Certifications ●
●
● ● ● ● ●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 3 80W-1.14 Class 3211 04 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL CSA CE
4 4 4
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
4
A27CNE30
4 4
Incomplete catalog number
4
A Magnet coil suffix
040 Overload relay suffix
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix, see Page V5-T4-32 Example, order catalog number A27CNE30A040
4 4 4 V5-T4-30
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Product Selection A27 Starter
4 Three-Phase Starter—Open Type Common Control Ampere Rating
4
Separate Control
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
4
15
115
90
—
—
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
230
90
3
2.2
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
4
460
75
5
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
575
60
5
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
25
30
40
45
115
150
—
—
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
230
150
7-1/2
5.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
460
125
10
7.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
575
100
10
7.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
115
180
—
—
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
230
180
10
7.5
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
460
150
15
11
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
575
120
15
11
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
115
240
—
—
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
230
240
10
7.5
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
460
200
20
15
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
575
160
20
15
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
115
270
—
—
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
230
270
15
11
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
460
225
30
22
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
575
180
30
22
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload relay suffix from Page V5-T4-32.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-31
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Single-Phase Starter—Open Type, B27
4
Common Control
4
Ampere Rating
Separate Control
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
4
15
115
90
3/4
0.4
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
230
90
2
1.5
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
460
75
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
575
60
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
115
150
2
1.5
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
230
150
3
2.2
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
460
125
—
—
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
575
100
—
—
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
115
180
2
1.5
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
4
230
180
5
3.7
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
4
460
150
—
—
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
575
120
—
—
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
115
240
3
2.2
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
230
240
7-1/2
5.5
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
460
200
—
—
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
575
160
—
—
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
115
270
3
2.2
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
230
270
7-1/2
7.5
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
460
225
—
—
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
575
180
—
—
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
4 4
25
4 4
30
40
4 4 4
45
4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
4
12
12
R
24
24
T
4
110–120
110–120
A
208–240
208–240
B
120
240 3
220
277
Voltage 60 Hertz
Overload Relay Suffix
AC 2
Voltage 60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 4
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor Ampere Range
Frame C 1R
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
24
1T
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
48
1W
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
1A
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
J
0.6–1
001
15–25A
—
H
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
—
380–415
L
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
440–480
440–480
C
2.4–4
004
15–25A
550–600
550–600
D
4–6
006
15–25A
6–10
010
15–25A
4
10–16
016
15–25A
16–24
024
15–25A
4
24–32
032
15–25A
6–10
010
30–45A
10–16
016
30–45A
16–24
024
30–45A
24–40
040
30–45A
40–57
057
30–45A
4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4
12
Motor Full Load Amperes
Frame D
Notes 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload relay suffix from tables above. 2 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 3 Available through 45A. 4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 V5-T4-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Renewal Parts
4
Overload Relays
4
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor Ampere Range
Overload Relay Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
XTOBP16CC1DP
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
XTOBP24CC1DP
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
XTOBP40CC1DP
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
XTOBP60CC1DP
0.6–1
001
15–25A
XTOB001CC1DP
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
XTOB1P6CC1DP
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
XTOB2P4CC1DP
2.4–4
004
15–25A
XTOB004CC1DP
4–6
006
15–25A
XTOB006CC1DP
6–10
010
15–25A
XTOB010CC1DP
10–16
016
15–25A
XTOB016CC1DP
16–24
024
15–25A
XTOB024CC1DP
24–32
032
15–25A
XTOB032CC1DP
6–10
010
30–45A
XTOB010DC1DP
10–16
016
30–45A
XTOB016DC1DP
16–24
024
30–45A
XTOB024DC1DP
24–40
040
30–45A
XTOB040DC1DP
40–57
057
30–45A
XTOB057DC1DP
Motor Full Load Amperes
4
Frame C
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Frame D
4 4 4 4 4
Technical Data and Specifications Terminal Wire Sizes
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Line Side (Contactor) 1
Wire Range—Solid or Stranded
Terminal
Range
Torque Rating
Terminal Type
Power Terminals
Coil Terminals
15 and 25A
14–8 AWG
16 lb-in (14–8 AWG)
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
30, 40 and 45A
14–2 AWG
31 lb-in (14–2 AWG)
Box lug: 15–45A
4–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Control Terminals—Cu Only
4 4 4 4
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
4
Note 1 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-33
4.3 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Overload Relays These tripping characteristics are the mean values of the spread at 20°C ambient temperature in a cold state.
4
Tripping time depends on response current. With devices at operating temperature, the tripping time of the overload relay reduces to approximately 25% of the read off value. Specific characteristics for each individual setting range can be found in MN03402001E.
4
Overload Relays
4
Description
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
XTOB … CC1 Specification
XTOB … DC1 Specification
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Ambient temperature range 1
–25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
Temperature compensation
Continuous
Continuous
10g
10g
General Climatic proofing
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and back of hand proof
Finger and back of hand proof
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
690
690
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
Operational voltage (Ue) Vac
690
690
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1 Between auxiliary contacts and main contacts (Vac)
440
440
Between main contacts (Vac)
440
440
Overload relay setting range
0.1–32A
6–75A
Temperature compensation residual error >20°C (%/K)
150% = 2 sec >250% = 1 sec
4
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
4
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
4
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
4
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2) 8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
4
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm) 25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
4
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
4
Indicators
Options
4 4
Capacity
4
Load terminals
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
4 4
Voltages
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-43
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
4
Description
4 4 4 4 4
Specification 45 mm
55 mm
5A
5A
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) 120V
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
Break contact (180 VA)
4
120V
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
4
415V
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
4 4 4
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1) 0–250V Rated operational current—UL B600 Make contact (3600 VA) 120V
30A
30A
4
240V
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
4
600V
6A
6A
4 4 4 4 4 4
Break contact (360 VA) 120V
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA) 0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
250V
0.11A
0.11A
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding Maximum fuse Environmental Ratings
4
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
4
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
4
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
4
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
4
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
4
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
4
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
4 4 4 V5-T4-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
4
Specification Description
4
45 mm
55 mm
Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
ESD immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
4
Radiated immunity IEC 60947-4-1 IEC 61000-4-3
10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
4
Conducted immunity IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms) 150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10V rms) 150 kHz–100 MHz
Fast transient immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kV line-to-line (DM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kV line-to-line (DM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay: ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us; 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay: ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us; 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30A/m, 50 Hz
30A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact 8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT) IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
4
Surge immunity IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
4
Electrical/EMC
4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4
Wiring Diagrams Single-Phase Connections
Three-Phase Connections
Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control) L1
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L2
1
4
Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control) L1
L2
4
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L3
4
1
13 14 98
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
AC Motor
13
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
14 98
97 96
97 96
95
95
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 T1
T2
4
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
4 4 4
T3
4 4
AC Motor
4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-45
4.4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
15–60A Contactors—C25
Description
4
15–60A Contactors—C25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–60A Contactors—C25
4
Product Description
4 4 4
Eaton offers the Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters in NEMA 1 enclosures. The C25 contactors are available as enclosed. The A25 and B25 Definite Purpose Starters
combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and Freedom Series Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays mounted on a common mounting plate.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-47 V5-T4-47 V5-T4-48 V5-T4-49 V5-T4-52 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–60A Contactors—C25
C25DGD215 Incomplete catalog number
A Magnet coil suffix
4
X
4 4
Option code as necessary
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-48 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57
4 4
Product Selection C25 Enclosed
4
Two-, Three- and Four-Pole NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Contactors Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Inductive Full Load
Resistive per Pole
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Number of Poles
Catalog Number 1
15
20
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C25DGD215_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C25DGD315_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
C25DGD315_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
C25DGD315_
25
30
40
50
60
35
40
50
65
75
NEMA Type 1
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DGD225_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C25DGD325_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
4
C25EGD425_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
C25EGD425_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DGD230_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C25DGD330_
460
150
—
15
—
11
4
C25EGD430_
575
120
—
15
—
11
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DGF240_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
3
C25DGF340_
460
200
—
20
—
15
4
C25EGF440_
575
160
—
20
—
15
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DGJ250_
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C25DGJ350_
460
250
—
30
—
22
C25DGJ350_
575
200
—
30
—
22
C25DGJ350_
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FGF260_
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C25FGF360_
460
300
—
40
—
30
C25FGF360_
575
240
—
40
—
30
C25FGF360_
C25EGD430_
C25EGF440_
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-48.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-47
4.4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Magnet Coil Suffix Voltage 60 Hertz AC
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
1
Voltage 60 Hertz DC
Coil Suffix
4
4
12
12
R
12
1R
4
24
24
T
24
1T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
E
120
1A
240 3
220
B
277
—
J
—
380–415
H
4
440–480
440–480
L
4
550–600
550–600
C
12
12
D
4 4
4 4
Dimensions
4
C25 Contactors, NEMA 1 Enclosed
4
15–50 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B18)
25–40 Ampere, Four-Pole— 60 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B19)
B
B
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4 4
E
4
E
4 D A
4
D A
C
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
4
Ampere Size
4
NEMA 1 Enclosed
4 4 4 4
High B
Deep C
Mounting D
C
Number of Poles
Wide A
15–50
2 and 3
4.10 (104.0)
6.75 (171.0)
3.50 (89.0)
2.75 (70.0)
4.88 (124.0)
3.4 (1.5)
25–40
4
5.62 (142.0)
9.51 (241.0)
4.81 (122.0)
4.50 (114.0)
8.00 (203.0)
5.8 (2.6)
60
2 and 3
5.62 (142.0)
9.51 (241.0)
4.81 (122.0)
4.50 (114.0)
8.00 (203.0)
6.3 (2.9)
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor. 3 Available through 50A. 4 Contactors with DC coils include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-48
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
E
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Contents
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
Description
Page
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-46 V5-T4-50 V5-T4-50 V5-T4-51 V5-T4-52 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 Product Description
Standards and Certifications
A25 and B25 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and Freedom Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays mounted on a common mounting plate.
●
●
4
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-49
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
4 4 4 4 4
A25CGC30
A
Incomplete catalog number
X
Magnet coil suffix
Option code as necessary
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-51 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57 ● Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, see Page V5-T4-56
4
Product Selection
4
A25, B25 Enclosed
Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters Single-Phase 12
Three-Phase 2
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Common Control
Separate Control
Common Control
Separate Control
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
4
Ampere Rating
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog Number 3
4
25
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
575
120
—
15
—
11
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
460
200
—
20
—
15
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
115
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
230
300
—
15
—
11
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
460
250
—
30
—
22
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
4 4
30
4 4
40
4 4 4
50
4 4
60
4 4
575
200
—
30
—
22
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
115
360
—
—
—
—
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
230
360
—
20
—
15
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
460
300
—
40
—
30
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
575
240
—
40
—
30
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
Notes 1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Page V5-T4-56. 2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications. 3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-51.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Magnet Coil Suffix Voltage 60 Hertz
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
AC 1
Voltage 60 Hertz
4 Coil Suffix
4
DC 4
12
12
R
12
1R
24
24
T
24
1T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
240 3
220
J
277
—
H
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A25 and B25 Starters
4
25, 30, 40, 50 and 60 Ampere
4 4 4
BE
4 4 G
4
C
A
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide A
High B
Deep C
Mounting E
Mounting G
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
5.63 (143.0)
10.17 (258.0)
5.81 (148.0)
8.00 (203.0)
4.50 (114.0)
4.8 (2.2)
40, 50 and 60
7.64 (194.0)
13.27 (337.0)
6.67 (169.0)
10.75 (273.0)
6.00 (152.0)
10.6 (4.8)
4 4 4 4
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A starter. 3 Available through 50A. 4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-51
4.4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
Description
4
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
4
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
A27 and B27 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and XT Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays.
●
4 4 4 4
●
●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380W-1.14 Class 3211 04 CE
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-46 V5-T4-49 V5-T4-53 V5-T4-54 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
A27CGE30
A
Incomplete catalog number
4
040
Magnet coil suffix
4 4
Overload relay suffix
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix, see Page V5-T4-54
4 4
Product Selection A27, B27 Enclosed
4
Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters Single-Phase Ampere Rating
Three-Phase
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Common Control
Separate Control
Common Control
Separate Control
4
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
4 4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
15
115
90
3/4
—
0.4
—
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
575
120
—
15
—
11
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
460
200
—
20
—
15
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
115
270
3
—
2.2
—
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
230
270
7-1/2
15
7.5
11
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
460
225
—
30
—
22
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
575
180
—
30
—
22
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
25
30
40
45
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix from tables on Page V5-T4-54.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-53
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
50 Hertz
Voltage 60 Hertz
Overload Relay Suffix Coil Suffix
AC 1
Voltage 60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 3
Motor Full Load Amperes
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor Ampere Range
Frame C
4
12
12
R
12
1R
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
4
24
24
T
24
1T
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
110–120
110–120
A
48
1W
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
240 2
220
J
0.6–1
001
15–25A
277
—
H
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
—
380–415
L
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
440–480
440–480
C
2.4–4
004
15–25A
550–600
550–600
D
4–6
006
15–25A
6–10
010
15–25A
4
10–16
016
15–25A
16–24
024
15–25A
4
24–32
032
15–25A
6–10
010
30–45A
4
10–16
016
30–45A
16–24
024
30–45A
4
24–40
040
30–45A
40–57
057
30–45A
4 4 4 4
Frame D
4
4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A27 and B27 Starters
4
15, 25, 30, 40 and 50 Ampere
4 4 4
BE
4 4 4 4
G
C
A
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide A
High B
Deep C
Mounting E
Mounting G
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
5.63 (143.0)
10.17 (258.0)
5.81 (148.0)
8.00 (203.0)
4.50 (114.0)
4.8 (2.2)
4
40, 50 and 60
7.64 (194.0)
13.27 (337.0)
6.67 (169.0)
10.75 (273.0)
6.00 (152.0)
10.6 (4.8)
4
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 Available through 45A. 3 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4
4 4
V5-T4-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted) Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
4
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
With Pressure Plate and Quick Connect Terminals
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
1NO
C320KG1
C320KG11
4
1NC
C320KG2
C320KG12
1NO-1NC
C320KG3
C320KG13
2NO
C320KG4
C320KG14
2NC
C320KG5
C320KG15
1NO
—
C320DPG10
1NC
—
C320DPG01
1NO-1NC
—
C320DPG11
2NO
—
C320DPG20
1NO
C320KGS20
—
1NC
C320KGS21
—
1NO-1NC
C320KGS22
—
Circuit For 15 through 75A
4 4 4
For 90A
4 4 4
For 120 through 360A
Side Mounted Snap Switch
4 4 4
Snap Switch Design Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts
4
Snap Switch Design with Quick Connect Terminals Circuit
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
C320SNP11
2NO-2NC
C320SNP22
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal Description
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped) for magnet coil terminals 2
4
Note 1 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C25DND215A9.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-55
4.4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Heater Packs Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
Fast Trip Ratings
4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position A B C 0.26
0.313
0.367
4
0.384
0.464
0.57
4
Standard Trip Ratings 2
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position
D
Catalog Number (Includes Three Heater Packs)
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs)
0.42
H2101B-3
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
0.375
0.452
0.53
0.607
H2002B-3
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
0.56
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.846
1.02
1.2
1.37
H2104B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.1
H2105B-3
1.2
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.9
H2006B-3
2.3
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
2.15
2.6
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.38
4.1
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
3.23
3.9
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
4
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
4.55
5.5
6.45
7.4
H2009B-3
4
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
6.75
8.17
9.58
11
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14
H2011B-3
14
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
34
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
4
4 4
4
14.4 18.7 23.5
17.5 21.8 27.3
20.7 25 31
23.8 28.1 34.8
H2112B-3 H2113B-3 H2114B-3
4
28.3
4
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
29
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
4 4 4
32.6
37
41.3
H2115B-3
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58. Notes 1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counter-clockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors. 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Options
4
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
4
Factory Installed Options Description
Code Letter
4
Number of Poles
4
Terminals—15A through 50A Binding head screws Without quick connect terminals
4
A
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
G
2-, 3-pole
4 4
Screw/pressure plate 1 Without quick connect terminals
C
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
D
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H
2-, 3-pole
4 4
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw) Without quick connect terminals
E
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
F
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
J
2-, 3-pole
4
K
2-, 3-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
L
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
M
2-, 3-pole
E
2-, 3-pole
F
2-, 3-pole
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw) Without quick connect terminals
4 4
Terminals—60A through 75A 3 Box lugs (slotted screw) Without quick connect terminals With quick connect terminals
4 4
Notes 1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors. 2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws. 3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-57
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 Description
Specification
4
Insulation voltage
690V
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
Double break
4
Magnet coil
Class F, 155°C
Contact arc covers
Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals
5/16 in hex washer head screws Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals Box lugs available as option
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Line and load terminal designations
Marked on contactors
Operating temperature range
–13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Terminal wire range Hex washer head screws
6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs
6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating 8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating 6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
Mounting position
Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
Coil Characteristics Maximum Inrush VA
Maximum Sealed VA
Watts
AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
24
33
6
2
4
120
33
6
208/240
33
4
277
33
4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
Maximum Inrush VA
Maximum Sealed VA
Watts
24
41
6.5
3
2
120
41
6.5
3
6
2
208/240
41
6.5
3
6
2
277
41
6.5
3
Single-Pole
Two-Pole
Trip Curves Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating Class 10 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
Class 20 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
10,000
10,000
5000 4000 3000 2000
5000 4000 3000 2000
1000
1000
500 400 300 200 Trip Time (Seconds) 100
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
4 4 4 4
500 400 300 200
From Cold Start
Trip Time (Seconds) 100
10
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
10
0
From Cold Start
0
10
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
4 4 V5-T4-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
10
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
4.5
Renewal Parts
4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors ●
4
Replace complete contactor for: ● C25A_ ● C25B_ ● C25C_ ● C25D_
4 4 4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors Single-Pole Kit
Two-Pole Kit
Three-Pole Kit
Catalog Number
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
C25FNF250
—
6-65-5
—
C25FNF350
—
—
6-65-6
C25FNF260
—
6-65-7
—
C25FNF360
—
—
6-65-8
C25FNF275
—
6-65-20
—
C25FNF375
—
—
6-65-19
C25GNF290
—
—
—
C25GNF390
—
—
—
C25HNE3120
—
—
6-43-6
C25KNE3200
—
—
6-288
C25KNE3300
—
—
6-286
C25LNE3360
—
—
6-45-2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Product Selection
4
AC Coils AC Coil Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
VA
Watts
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
Part Number
Class F, 155°C
9-3185-5
4 4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 12
60
74.85
46.1
5.53
1.68
R
24
81.35
49.7
5.83
1.74
T
9-3185-6
110/120
74.69
51.6
5.79
1.81
A
9-3185-1
208/240
82.64
59.1
6.96
2.38
B
9-3185-2
220/240
4
74.03
51.8
5.85
1.99
J
73.39
52.1
6.09
2.58
C
9-3185-3
550/600
79.47
51.7
6.56
3.05
D
9-3185-4
277
72.88
52.4
6.09
2.58
H
9-3185-7
64.5
50.6
6.08
2.43
L
Class F, 155°C
9-3185-8
4
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-5
4
50
Class F, 155°C
4
440/480
380/415
60
4
9-3185-10
4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1) 12
65
30
11
2.5
R
24
65
30
11
2.5
T
9-3125-6
104/120
65
30
11
2.5
A
9-3125-1
208/240
60
75
35
17
3.5
B
440/480
50
75
35
17
3.5
C
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-3
550/600
75
35
17
3.5
D
9-3125-4
4 4
9-3125-2
277
60
65
30
11
2.5
H
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
380/415
50
75
35
17
3.5
L
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-59
4.5 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
AC Coils, continued AC Coil Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
VA
Watts
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
Class H, 180°C
Part Number
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 12
74.85
46.1
5.53
1.68
R
4
24
81.35
49.7
5.83
1.74
T
9-3252-6
110/120
74.69
51.6
5.79
1.81
A
9-3252-1
4
208/240
82.64
59.1
6.96
2.38
B
74.03
51.8
5.85
1.99
J
4
440/480
73.39
52.1
6.09
2.58
C
9-3252-3
4
550/600
79.47
51.7
6.56
3.05
D
9-3252-4
277
72.88
52.4
6.09
2.58
H
64.5
50.6
6.08
2.43
L
Class H, 180°C
Class F, 155°C
220/240
4
380/415
4
12
60
60
50
9-3252-5
9-3252-2 Class H, 180°C
9-3252-10
9-3252-7 9-3252-8
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 60
24
115.8
73.6
7.71
2.8
R
118.1
70.7
7.58
2.79
T
9-3186-6
9-3186-5
9-3186-1
4
110/120
110.7
73.3
7.67
2.89
A
4
208/240
124.9
90.3
10.04
3.74
B
220/240
112.9
76.2
7.6
3.02
J
4
440/480
114.7
75.6
8.01
3.68
C
9-3186-3
550/600
109
78.6
8.21
4.11
D
9-3186-4
4
277
115.4
73.1
7.73
3.12
H
9-3186-7
110.3
77
8.66
3.31
L
Class F, 155°C
4
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4
Class H, 180°C
24
4
380/415
12
60
50
60
9-3186-2 Class F, 155°C
9-3186-10
9-3186-8
115.8
73.6
7.71
2.8
R
118.1
70.7
7.58
2.79
T
9-3253-6
9-3253-5
9-3253-1
110/120
110.7
73.3
7.67
2.89
A
208/240
124.9
90.3
10.04
3.74
B
112.9
76.2
7.6
3.02
J
114.7
75.6
8.01
3.68
C
9-3253-3 9-3253-4
9-3253-2
4
220/240
4
550/600
109
78.6
8.21
4.11
D
4
277
115.4
73.1
7.73
3.12
H
110.3
77
8.66
3.31
L
Class H, 180°C
4
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole 8
R
Class B, 130°C
60
440/480
380/415
12
4
24
4
208/240
50
60
204
84
36.5
Class H, 180°C
9-3253-7
T
104/120 240
100.8
50.4
10.8
B
9-3253-8
9-3256-5 9-3256-6
A 50
9-3253-10
9-3256-1 Class B, 130°C
9-3256-2
4
440/480
C
550/600
D
9-3256-3
4
277
60
204
84
36.5
8
H
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-7
380/415
50
199
88.8
37.8
8.8
L
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-8
9-3256-4
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-60
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
4.5
AC Coils, continued AC Coil Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
Watts
VA
—
48/35
4
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
12
T
Class B, 130°C
4
Part Number
90A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series F1) 24
50/60
325/300
4
9-3080-1
110/120
A
9-3080-2
208–220
B
9-3080-3
380–415
50/60
325/300
—
48/35
12
C
Class B, 130°C
9-3080-5
277
60
325/300
—
48/35
12
H
Class B, 130°C
9-3080-4
390
112
49.8
13
T
Class B, 130°C
9-2756-16
4 4 4
120A—Three-Pole 24
50/60
110/120
A
9-2756-1
220/240
B
9-2756-2
440/480
C
9-2756-3
550/600
D
9-2756-4
208
60
390
112
49.8
13
277
E
Class B, 130°C
H
4 4 4
9-2756-5 9-2756-9
4
9-1891-1
4
200, 300 and 360A—Three-Pole 110/120
50/60
1040
216
116
17
A
Class F, 155°C
220/240
B
9-1891-2
440/480
C
9-1891-3
550/600 208 277
D 60
1040
216
116
17
E
4 4
9-1891-4 Class F, 155°C
H
9-1891-13
4
9-1891-26
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-61
4.5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
DC Operation These DC coils have separate pick-up and seal windings. The pick-up winding must be connected to an early break normally closed auxiliary contact block and provide the magnetic force required to close the magnet. As the magnet approaches the closed position, the early break normally closed contact is opened and the holding coil is inserted in series with the pick-up winding.
The early break contact block (C320KGD1) has to be attached to the side of the contactor, taking up one of the positions available for add-on auxiliary contact blocks.
DC Coil Elementary Diagram—Contactors and Starters
4
A1 (Top)
A2 (Top)
4
Hold (Seal)
Pick-Up
4 4
Conductor Extending from Bottom of Coil
4
NCI
4
Early Break Normally Closed Auxiliary Contact
4 4 4
DC Coils 1 DC Coil Voltage
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
Amperes
Amperes
Watts
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
Class F, 155°C
Part Number
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4
12
5.8
69
0.272
3.27
1R
4
24
2.9
69
0.13
3.12
1T
9-3254-3
48
1.5
72
0.07
3.37
1W
9-3254-4
4
120
0.61
73
0.03
3.68
1A
9-3254-5
4
12
5.8
69
0.272
3.27
1R
24
2.9
69
0.13
3.12
1T
9-3255-3
4
48
1.5
72
0.07
3.37
1W
9-3255-4
4
120
0.61
73
0.03
3.68
1A
9-3255-5
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1)
9-3254-2
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) Class F, 155°C
Class F, 155°C
9-3255-2
4
12
4.7
51
232 mA
1.8
1R
24
2.7
64
110 mA
2.4
1T
9-3126-1 9-3126-2
4
48
1.4
65
55 mA
2.5
1W
9-3126-3
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole (Series C1)
4
12
15.4
126
0.434
5.26
1R
4
24
6.2
88.4
0.211
5.12
1T
9-3257-2
48
2.9
76.2
0.102
4.92
1W
9-3257-3
120
1.1
67.3
0.044
5.32
1A
9-3257-4
4 4
Class F, 155°C
9-3257-1
Note 1 DC coils require an early break NC auxiliary contact C320KGD1 (1NCI) or C320KGD2 (1NO-1NCI). Order separately, not included with replacement coil.
4 V5-T4-62
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Contents
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
Description
Page
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-64 V5-T4-64 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-66
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Product Description
Application Description
The DPCK Contactors are designed to provide peak performance and reliability on special switching applications. These heavyduty special purpose contactors are rated for applications up to 1500 Vac.
●
●
Typical applications include mining equipment, welding equipment, heating and air conditioning applications and other loads that require a compact heavyduty contactor rated up to 1500 Vac The DPCK Contactors are supplied with bolts and washers on each terminal for use with customer supplied lugs
Features ●
●
●
●
●
4
Benefits
A double wound epoxy coil allows for lower temperature rise and longer life The U-shaped magnet provides fast, reliable action, long life and lower power requirements Stainless steel kick-out springs Rugged single-piece mounting plate Allows up to four double circuit auxiliary contacts per contactor
●
●
●
All contacts are silver alloy, providing long life and resistance to welding Straight-through wiring and up front terminals allow for fast, easy installation Loosening two captive screws allows for easy visual inspection of contacts
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-63
4.6
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number with any required accessories from below
4 4
35A 600/1000V Contactor
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Two- and Three-Pole 1 Open Ampere Rating
4
Open Type— Two-Pole
Three-Pole
600V
1000V
1500V
60 Hz 2
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
35
35
20
240
DPCK2035WW
DPCK3035WW
480
DPCK2035XW
DPCK3035XW
600
DPCK2035EW
DPCK3035EW
240
DPCK2100WW
DPCK3100WW
480
DPCK2100XW
DPCK3100XW
600
DPCK2100EW
DPCK3100EW
4 4
Coil Voltage
100
100
75
4 4 4
250A 600V Contactor
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Four- and Five-Pole 1 Coil Voltage
Open Type— Four-Pole
Five-Pole
4
Open Ampere Rating 600V
1000V
1500V
60 Hz 2
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
35
35
20
240
DPCK4035WW
DPCK5035WW
480
DPCK4035XW
DPCK5035XW
600
DPCK4035EW
DPCK5035EW
4 4 4
Accessories
4
Accessory Kits
4
Description
Catalog Number
Auxiliary contacts, 1NO-1NC
J11
4
Horizontal Mechanical Interlock 35A
180C113G09
4
100A
1264C37G01
Surge suppressor
SS56
4
Notes 1 Holding circuit auxiliary contact not included. If required, order from Accessories above. 2 For other coil voltages, refer to replacement coils on Page V5-T4-65 and insert proper letter in place of 9th character of listed catalog number. Example: DPCK3035WW with 380/50 coil DPCK3035HW.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-64
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Renewal Parts
4 4
DPCK Contactor Renewal Parts 35A
100A
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
Two-, Three-Pole
Hz
Coil Suffix Code
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Two-pole
—
—
180C180G01
1
180C180G05
Three-pole
—
—
180C180G02
2
180C180G06
ARC box
—
—
673B439G01
673B439G02
673B440G01
Upper base
—
—
673B439G03
673B439G04
673B440G02
Lower base
—
—
673B439G05
673B439G06
673B440G03
Crossbar
—
—
673B439G07
673B439G08
673B440G04
120/110
60/50
A
1266C28G01
1266C29G01
1254C70G01
110
60
V
1266C28G08
1266C29G06
1254C70G08
208/220
60
B
1266C28G02
1266C29G02
1254C70G02
220/240
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
240/220
60/50
W
1266C28G09
1266C29G07
1254C70G03
480/440
60/50
X
1266C28G10
1266C29G08
1254C70G05
440/480
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
600/550
60/50
E
1266C28G05
1266C29G04
1254C70G07
550
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
380
50
H
1266C28G06
1266C29G09
N/A
380/110
60
—
N/A
N/A
1254C70G12
Description
4 4
Contact Kit
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Magnet Coil VA—60 Hz
4 Closed Watts
4
50
18
130
40
4
Catalog Number
Open VA
Closed VA
DPCK3035
625
DPCK3100
1200
4
Notes 1 For a four-pole device, use (2) of the 180C180G01 contact kits. 2 For a five-pole device, use (1) of the 180C180G01 and (1) of the 180C180G02 contact kits.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-65
4.6
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4
Contact Ratings
4
Volts
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Full Load Current (Amperes)
Locked Rotor Current (Amperes)
Resistive Load (Amperes)
Lighting Load (Amperes)
Catalog Number DPCK3035 120
35
240
35
35
240
35
240
35
35
480
35
200
35
35
600
35
200
35
35
1000
35
200
—
—
1500
20
160
—
—
Catalog Number DPCK3100 120
100
600
100
100
240
100
600
100
100
480
100
600
100
100
600
100
600
100
100
1000
100
450
—
—
1500
75
300
—
—
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DPCK Air Break Contactors—35 and 100 Ampere
4 4
B
4 4 C
4 4 4 4 4
Poles
A Wide A
High B
Deep C
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
35A Contactors 2 and 3
4.06 (103.1)
5.44 (138.2)
5.63 (143.0)
16.0 (7.3)
4 and 5
6.06 (153.9)
5.44 (138.2)
5.63 (143.0)
19.0 (8.6)
2 and 3
5.38 (136.7)
7.81 (198.4)
6.75 (171.5)
28.0 (12.7)
V5-T4-66
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
100A Contactors
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
Mill Type Contactors
Description
Page
Mill Type Contactors Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-68 V5-T4-68 V5-T4-69 V5-T4-69 V5-T4-69 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Mill Type Contactors Product Description
Application Description
These DC mill type contactors are designed for heavy industry service and are suitable for use on moving machinery. The contactors listed here are for surface mounting on steel panels and front-of-panel wiring. The power stud assembly is mounted on the side of the contactor, rather than as part of a separate mounting kit.
●
●
Applications include mining, milling, cranes and transportation These contactors utilize DC coils
Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier module if the only control voltage source available is 120 Vac.
Features ●
● ●
Standards and Certifications
Forged steel armature levers and magnet frames for superior physical strength Self-lubricating bearings Long contact life
● ● ● ● ●
CMAA 5.6.6-2 NEMA ICS3-441, 442, 443 NEMA ICS2-331.23 NEMA ICS2-110.05.02 NEMA ICS2-125.21.02
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-67
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
DC Mill Type Contactor
C80 E H 4 2 1 N 2 0
4 4
Basic contactor catalog number
Type of auxiliary right position 1
4
Contactor NEMA size
Type of auxiliary left position 1
4
Blowout coil rating
Auxiliary contact mounting options 1
4
Power pole configuration
Coil voltage
Type of mounting options 1
4 4 4 4 4
Product Selection When Ordering Specify ●
The catalog number with any required accessories
DC Mill Type Contactors
DC Mill Type Contactors Open Type Contactors NEMA Size
Number of Poles
Blowout Coil Ampere Rating
230V Coil Catalog Number
100V Coil Catalog Number
Mechanical Interlock Catalog Number
2
1NO
None
C80DX12
C80DX14
C81DDA11
4
5
C80DC12
C80DC14
C81DDA11
4
25
C80DF12
C80DF14
C81DDA11
50
C80DG12
C80DG14
C81DDA11
None
C80DX22
C80DX24
C81DDA12
5
C80DC22
C80DC24
C81DDA12
25
C80DF22
C80DF24
C81DDA12
50
C80DG22
C80DG24
C81DDA12
1NO
100
C80EH121
C80EH141
C81DEA11
1NC
100
C80EH421
C80EH441
— C81DEA11
4
2NO
4 4 4
3
4
4
1NO
150
C80FJ121
C80FJ141
1NC
150
C80FJ421
C80FJ441
—
1NO
300
C80GK121
C80GK141
C81DGA11
1NC
300
C80GK421
C80GK441
—
1NO
600
C80JL121
C80JL141
C81DJA11
1NC
600
C80JL421
C80JL441
—
6A 2
1NO
810
C80KM121
C80KM141
C81DJA11
8
1NO
1350
C80WN121
C80WN141
C81DLA11
4
5
4
6
4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
DC Coil Voltage
4 4 4
Coil Suffix
DC Coil Voltage
Coil Suffix
115V
1
No Coil
5
230V
2
Special 3
9
100V
4
Notes 1 See Page V5-T4-69 for options. 2 Not a NEMA size. 3 Consult factory.
4 4 V5-T4-68
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts with Mounting Kit Mounting Location
Contact Arrangement
Contactor Size
Catalog Number
Side
1NO, 1NC
2
C81BAC1
Bottom
1NO, 1NC
2
C81BBC1
3, 4, 5, 6, 6A
C81BBC2
4 4 4 4
Rectifier Module Description
Contactor Size
Catalog Number
120 Vac Input, 100 Vdc Output
All
C81EB
4 4
Options
4
Auxiliary Contact Mounting Material Options
4
Contactor Size
Location
Suffix
2
Side
A
2
Bottom, with left hand and right hand option
B
2
Bottom, with left hand or right hand option
C
3–8
Bottom, with left hand and right hand option
B
2–8
None
N
4 4 4 4
Auxiliary Contact Options per Side
4
Configuration
Suffix
1NO
1
2NO
2
1NO-1NC
3
1NC
4
2NC
5
None
0
4
Mounting Kit Options 1
4
Description
Suffix
Surface—Front of panel wiring
1
Elevated—Front of panel wiring
32
4 4 4
4 4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Mill Type Contactors
4
Description
Specification
Current range
5–1800 amperes
Voltage
115, 230 and 550 Vdc
Mechanical life
20M operations
Electrical life
500K operations
4 4 4
Notes 1 Solderless lugs available, consult factory. 2 Not available with Size 2.
4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-69
4.7 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Contents
600V Contactors
Description
4
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-71 V5-T4-72 V5-T4-73 V5-T4-73 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4
600V Contactors
4
Product Description
Application Description
These DC Contactors are designed to handle rugged DC applications. They provide durable service and easy installation and maintenance.
●
4 4 4
●
Applications including mining, milling, cranes and transportation These contactors utilize DC coils
Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier module if the only control voltage source available is 120 Vac.
4
Features ● ●
● ●
Benefits
Sturdy glass polyester base Knife edge bearings that guarantee precise operation and minimal wear High contact pressure Vacuum impregnated magnetic coil
4
●
●
●
●
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-70
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Able to mount on steel or panels of any material for maximum flexibility Front or rear mounting available for convenient installation and maintenance Rapid arc quenching to ensure long life Easily accessible contact tips to remove and replace
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify
4
● ●
Catalog number with appropriate coil suffix Any required accessories
600V Contactor
4 4
600V Contactors Size
Open 8 Hour Ampere Rating
Contact Arrangement
Provisions for Interlocks
1NO
Yes
Mechanical
Electrical
Magnet Coil Voltage
4
125 Vdc 1
Catalog Number
4
ME010C
4
Front Connected 0
10
2NO
2
ME020C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME011C
1NC 1
25
1NO
2 Yes
3
50
100
2
ME120C
4
ME111C
2 Yes
150
4
ME220C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME211C
1NC
2
ME201C
Yes
4
125 Vdc 1
2
ME320C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME311C
2 Yes
4
4 4 4
ME310C
2NO
1NO
4
ME210C
2
1NO
4
ME101C 125 Vdc 1
2NO
1NC 4
ME110C
1NO, 1NC
1NO
4
ME001C 125 Vdc 1
2NO
1NC 2
4
4
4 4
ME301C 125 Vdc 1
ME410C
4
2NO
2
ME420C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME411C
1NC
2
ME401C
4
ME 2
4
Rear Connected 0–4
10–150
—
—
—
—
4
Notes 1 Other coil voltages available, see Page V5-T4-73. Substitute suffix code of desired voltage for last digit in listed catalog number. Example: ME010B. 2 For 10–150A rear connected contactors, order front connected ME contactor above and rear connection kit, catalog number 2184A10G08, (field installed only). See Page V5-T4-73.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-71
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Electrical Interlocks)—For Field Installation Only 1
4 4
Auxiliary Contact Type
Application
Contact Arrangement 2
Number of Auxiliary Contacts
L46
ME01 only
NO–FC
1
Auxiliary Contacts Factory Installed 1
Auxiliary Contacts Unmounted Replacement Only
Mounting and Operating Hardware for New Applications
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
11A8713G10
11A8713G10
None required
11A8713G09
11A8713G09
None required
4
ME10 only
NC–FC–OB
1
487B878G01
487B878G01
None required
4
ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30, ME31, ME40 and ME41
NO–FC
1
11A8713G09
11A8713G09
None required
11A8713G10
11A8713G10
None required
ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30, ME31, ME40 and ME41
DB–FC–L
1
659C301G04
659C301G04
None required
659C301G05
659C301G05
None required
ME10 Only
DB–FC–L–OB
1
487B878G06
487B878G06
None required
487B878G07
487B878G07
None required
4
NC–FC
L66
4
NC–FC
DB–FC–R
4 4
DB–FC–R–OB
Standard Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage
Suffix Code
4
65 Vdc (ME Size 0–4 only)
A
115 Vdc
B
4
125 Vdc
C
230 Vdc
D
4
250 Vdc
E
4
550 Vdc
F
Other
G
4 4 4
Rear Connector Kit for ME Contactors 3 Catalog Number
Accessory Option Description Rectifier for AC Operation Order by description
2184A10G08
4 4
Mechanical Interlocks, Unmounted
4
Type
Contactor Type
Size
Contacts
Catalog Number
M-25
ME
All
1NO, 1NO + 1NC
878D400G01
M-25
ME
All
2NO, 2NO + 1NC
878D401G01
4 4 4
Notes 1 For factory installed electrical interlocks, consult factory. 2 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, DB = Delayed Break, FC = Front Connected, L = Left Hand, R = Right Hand, OB = Outboard (for single-pole, Size 2 frame). 3 Field installation only.
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-72
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Renewal Parts
4
ME Series
4
Kits Two NO Poles
One NC Pole
One NO/NC Pole
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Contact kit
1
2184A10G14
2
2184A10G14
1
2184A10G14
2
2184A10G14
Arc box 10/25/50A
1
2184A10G09
2
2184A10G09
1
2184A10G09
2
2184A10G09
Arc box 100/150A
1
2184A10G10
2
2184A10G10
1
2184A10G10
2
2184A10G10
Shunt kit
1
2184A10G21
1
2184A20G16
1
2084A01G07
1
2184A11G07
Armature kit
1
2184A10G19
1
2184A20G15
1
2084A01G06
1
2184A11G06
4 4
Blowout Assembly 10A
1
2184A10G15
1
2184A20G11
1
2184A10G15
2
2184A10G15
25A
1
2184A10G16
1
2184A20G12
1
2184A10G16
2
2184A10G16
50A
1
2184A10G17
1
2184A20G13
1
2184A10G17
2
2184A10G17
110/150A
1
2184A10G18
1
2184A20G14
1
2184A10G18
2
2184A10G18
Rear conn. kit
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
Operating Coils
Holding Coils (Lower)—1NO-1NC Contactors Only 1
10/25/50/100/150 Ampere Sizes
10/25/50 Ampere Sizes
100/150 Ampere Sizes
Voltage
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
4 4 4
65V
30B4376G06
44A6366G10
30B4376G27
90/92V
30B4376G25
44A6366G12
427C048G16
115V
30B4376G07
44A6366G13
30B4376G01
125V
30B4376G08
44A6366G19
30B4376G26
230/240V
30B4376G09
44A6366G15
30B4376G02
250V
30B4376G10
44A6366G23
30B4376G17
500V
30B4376G14
N/A
N/A
550V
30B4376G11
44A6366G18
30B4376G03
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 600V Contactors Contact Arrangement
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1NO
3.18 (80.8)
7.56 (192.0)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
2NO
5.53 (140.5)
6.75 (171.5)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
1NO, 1NC
3.67 (93.2)
12.44 (316.0)
6.81 (173.0)
12.0 (5.4)
1NC
3.67 (93.2)
9.57 (243.1)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
4 4
Front Connected
3–4
4
4
Dimensions
0–2
4
4
Coils
Contactor Size
4
One NO Pole Description
1NO
3.18 (80.8)
7.78 (197.6)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
2NO
5.53 (140.5)
7.44 (189.0)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
1NO, 1NC
3.67 (93.2)
12.88 (327.2)
6.81 (173.0)
12.0 (5.4)
1NC
3.67 (93.2)
9.69 (246.1)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
4 4 4 4 4
Note 1 If lower coils are required, order separately.
4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-73
4.7 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Contents
DPM 750V Contactor
Description
4
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-75 V5-T4-75 V5-T4-75 V5-T4-76 V5-T4-76 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4
DPM 750V Contactor
4
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The DPM 750 Vdc Definite Purpose Contactor has been designed to meet severe environmental and vibration conditions found in your worst applications. The contactor is of unit construction, assembled on a molded insulated base, providing maximum performance in minimum space.
This rugged device was designed for applications such as railway equipment, offshore drilling, mining, offroad vehicles, marine, and so on.
●
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
●
●
Benefits
Power circuit insulating barriers are molded from glass-polyester materials having high arc and track resisting qualities The DPM is designed to mount directly on a channel or angle frame, but may be adapted for mounting on a flat metal or insulated panel Available with or without an overcurrent latching mechanism to prevent opening under heavy overload currents. When the line current returns to normal, the overcurrent latch disengages
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-74
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Saves panel space by locating the arc chute vents on the front of the unit. This eliminates the need for arcing clearance above the contactor All vital parts are removable from the front without having to disconnect line or load connections, allowing for easy maintenance Safety is a must. The mechanical interlock prevents the contactor from closing when the arc box has been removed or when it is not installed properly
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number of contactor and any required accessories
4
750 Vdc Contactor
4
750 Vdc Contactors Catalog Number
Coil Operating Voltage 1
Over-Current Latch
Catalog Number
2120A07G01 2
74 Vdc
Without
2120A07G09
With
2120A07G10
Without
2120A07G13
With
2120A07G14
Without
2120A07G17
With
2120A07G18
Coil Operating Voltage 1
Over-Current Latch
28 Vdc
Without With
2120A07G02 2
36 Vdc
55 Vdc
2
Without
2120A07G03
With
2120A07G04 2 2
Without
2120A07G05
With
2120A07G06 2
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
4 4 4 4 4 4
Accessories Extra L-67 Auxiliary Contacts—Order Separately Contact Combination Provided by One Auxiliary Contact Assembly
Field Installed Kit
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Catalog Number
0
4
2087A40G11
1
3
2087A40G12
2
2
2087A40G13
3
1
2087A40G14
4
0
2087A40G15
4 4 4 4 4 4
Mechanical Interlock Kit Description
Catalog Number
Mechanical Horizontal Interlock Kit Includes mounting instructions and mounting hardware 3
1954D13G01
4 4 4
Renewal Parts
4
DPM Contactor Description
Catalog Number
Contact Kit
2131A94G10
4 4
Arc Box
2131A94G03
Shunt
3534C86G01
4
28 Vdc
2114A92G04
36 Vdc
2114A92G05
4
55 Vdc
2114A92G06
74 Vdc
2114A92G09
110/115 Vdc
2114A92G14
125 Vdc
2114A92G15
275 Vdc
2114A92G16
600 Vdc
2114A92G20
Coils
4 4 4 4
Notes 1 For other coil operating voltages, contact Eaton Technical Resource Center. 2 Includes factory installed 2NO/2NC auxiliary contacts. 3 When interlock kit is installed, only one L-67 auxiliary contact can be mounted on each DPM contactor.
4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-75
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
DPM Contactor Description
Specification
4
Line voltage
750 Vdc
4 4 4 4
Continuous current rating Carrying and interrupting capacity
1250A
Operating coil Duty rating
Continuous
Operation
Will operate at 80–110% of rated voltage
Insulation between power circuit and operating coil
Rated 750 Vdc
Arcing and creepage distances
Meet or exceed NEMA standards for 750V equipment
Blowout coil
Rated for continuous duty
4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DPM Contactor
4
.44 (11.1) Dia. - 2 Mounting Holes
4
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep 2 Line Terminal Holes
4 4
1.00 (25.4) 4.00 2.00 (50.8) 1.00 (25.4) (101.6)
4 Clearance to Ground
4
6.25 (158.8)
1.88 1.25 (47.6) (31.8)
.63 (15.9)
4
12.13 (308.0)
To Remove Arc Chute
4
.50 (12.7)
4
.50 (12.7) 1.88 (26.3)
4 4
5.31 (134.9)
4 4
Two L-67 Auxiliary Contact Units
10.56 (268.3)
3.00 (76.2)*
1.50 (38.1)
4
4
11.06 (281.0)
Customer Mounting Channel
.88 (22.4)
4
4
Duplicate Adjacent Contactor
1.38 (34.9) 1.00 (25.4)
4
4
CL 5.00 (127.0)
Coil Terminal Tabs for No. 250 Faston 4.00 (101.6)
1.25 (31.8)
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep 2 Load Terminal Holes
2.06 (52.4) 4.13 (105.0)
*This dimension must not be exceeded or flashover may occur.
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
4.13 (105)
11.06 (280.9)
12.12 (307.8)
30.5 (13.8)
4 V5-T4-76
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
AVD–Contactor
Description Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
4
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74
4
V5-T4-78 V5-T4-78 V5-T4-78 V5-T4-79 V5-T4-79 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
AVD–Contactor Product Description
Application Description
Features
The AVD–Contactor is a single-pole normally open, load break, bi-directional definite purpose DC contactor. The device is rated at 1400 amps continuous and is capable of switching up to 2000 Vdc loads.
The AVD–Contactor was designed for the demanding environmental requirements of locomotive, rapid transit and off highway vehicle applications. This device is also applied in high horsepower DC drive applications including process lines and off shore oil drilling rigs.
●
●
●
● ●
●
4
Bi-directional interrupting capability 2000 Vdc switching in a compact design due to arc chute Any combination of up to four isolated NO or NC auxiliary contacts Panel mount design Continuous duty operating coil Continuous duty blow out coil
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-77
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4 4 4
● ●
Product specification: The AVD-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device configurations and application assistance
1400A Contactor
4
AVD–Contactor Device Type
Auxiliary Contact Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
1400A contactor
3NO/1NC
28
6702ED667-4
37
6702ED667-5
74
6702ED667-6
100
6702ED667-3
230
6702ED667-7
4 4 4 4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration
Terminal Configuration
Catalog Number
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
4
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
4
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4
4 4 4
Renewal Parts
4
Contacts
4
Description
Quantity Required per Contactor
Catalog Number
Stationary contact
1
23-7253
Movable contact
2
23-7255
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-78
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Technical Data and Specifications
4
AVD-Contactor Description
4
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1400A continuous
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
Up to 2000 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
2 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
28, 37, 74, 100, 230 (others available)
4 4
Operating Coil Characteristics Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
28
1.87
9-3004-2
37
1.58
9-3004-3
74
0.79
9-3004-1
100
0.62
9-3004-5
230
0.25
9-3004-4
4 4 4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
AVD-Contactor
4 15.00 (381)
5.00 (127) .75 (19.1)
2.25 (57.2)
Maximum Stud Length to Maintain 2000 Volt Electrical Clearance Rating (Top Right Stud Only)
4
1.25 Max
4 4 4
D A N G E R
4 4
17.50 (444.5)
4
19.50 (495.3)
16.00 (406.4)
4 4 4 4
.75 (19.1) .75 (19.1)
4 3.50 (88.9)
4
.43 (10.9) Dia. Mounting Hole (4 Places)
4
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
4
15.0 (381.0)
19.5 (495.3)
5.0 (127.0)
70 (31.8)
4
Front
Top
Sides
2 (51)
2 (51)
1 (25)
Arc Clearances
4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-79
4.7 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Contents
D–Contactor
Description
4
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
D–Contactor
4
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The D–Contactor is a singlepole normally open, load break, bi-directional definite purpose DC contactor. Two devices are available rated at 1800A and 3000A at 750 Vdc.
The D–Contactor was designed for the demanding environmental requirements of locomotive, rapid transit and off highway vehicle applications. This device is also widely applied in high horsepower DC drive applications including process lines and off shore oil drilling rigs.
●
4 4 4 4 4
●
●
●
4 4
●
4
●
4
Bi-directional interrupting capability Compact design due to intermittent duty blowout coil and arc interruption circuit (not suitable for extremely high duty cycle or jogging applications) Any combination of up to eight isolated NO or NC auxiliary contacts Channel/angle frame mounting standard, optional panel mount kit available Continuous duty operating coil Screw type or fast-on control terminals
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-80
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-81 V5-T4-81 V5-T4-81 V5-T4-82 V5-T4-82 V5-T4-83
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4
● ●
Product specification: The D-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device configurations and application assistance
1800A Contactor
4 4
D–Contactor Device Type
Auxiliary Contact Configuration
1800A contactor
3000A contactor
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
3NO/1NC
74 Vdc
6702ED584
3NO/1NC
100 Vdc
6702ED663
2NO/2NC
115 Vdc
6702ED584-2
3NO/1NC
74 Vdc
6702ED587-2
2NO/2NC
100 Vdc
6702ED668
3NO/1NC
115 Vdc
6702ED587-4
4 4 4 4 4 4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration
Terminal Configuration
Catalog Number
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4 4 4 4 4
Panel Mounting Kit Description
Catalog Number
Panel mounting kit
99-3842
4 4 4
Renewal Parts
4
Contact Kits Device Rating
Main Contact Configuration
Contacts
Catalog Number
1800A
2-Main
Main contacts
6-497
1800A
2-Main
Arcing contacts
23-5449
3000A
4-Main
Main contacts
6-496
3000A
4-Main
Arcing contacts
23-5448
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-81
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
D–Contactor Description
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1800A and 3000A continuous
Resistive interrupt rating
5000A 750 Vdc
4
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
Up to 1500 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
2 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
12, 24, 32, 48, 74, 100, 115, 230 (others available)
4 4
Operating Coil Characteristics
4
Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
4
12
3.96
9-1688-15
4
24
2.00
9-1688-7
32
1.44
9-1688-9
4
48
1.00
9-1688-12
74
0.97
9-2064-3
4
100
0.45
9-1688-8
0.37
9-1688-2
4
115 230
0.20
9-1688-1
4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) D–Contactor
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
.562 (14.3) Dia. Mtg. Hole
6.33 (160.8)
13.68 (347.5)
1.75 (44.5) to Remove Arc Shoot
2.52 (64) 6.52 (165.6)
9.6 (243.8)
5.0 (127) 6.04 (153.4) Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
9.6 (243.8)
13.68 (347.5)
6.04 (153.4)
43 (19.5)
4
Arc Clearances
4
Type of Load
Front
Top
Sides
Resistive
4 (102)
2 (51)
3 (76)
Inductive
7 (178)
4 (102)
3 (76)
4
750V
4 4 4 4 V5-T4-82
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
Description
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-84 V5-T4-84 V5-T4-84 V5-T4-85 V5-T4-85
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor Product Description
Application Description
Features
The Reversing/Assignment Contactor is a two-pole, double-throw non-load break definite purpose DC contactor. A three-position center-off and a two-position magnetically-latched configuration is available. The device is rated for 1100A, 1000 Vdc. The Reversing Contactor includes cross over busbars for DC motor reversing applications; the Assignment Contactor omits the cross over busbars for motor assignment applications. (See Page V5-T4-85.)
The Reversing/Assignment Contactor was designed for the demanding environmental requirements of off highway vehicle applications. This device is also widely utilized with high horsepower DC drives for DC motor reversing and drive assignment applications.
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
4
Bi-directional current carrying capability (nonload break) Can replace four singlepole contactors in DC motor reversing applications Can replace two or four single-pole contactors in DC motor assignment applications Any combination of up to eight isolated NO or NC auxiliary contacts Panel mount design Continuous duty operating coil Screw type or fast-on control terminals
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-83
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4 4 4
● ●
Product specification: The Reversing/assignment contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device configurations and application assistance
1000V Contactor
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor (Three-Position, Center OFF) Device Type
Auxiliary Contact Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
Reverser
8NO
74
6702ED615
4NO/4NC
125
6702ED621-2
250
6702ED622
74
6702ED664-2
125
6702ED621
250
6702ED664-6
4 Assignment
4
4NO/4NC
4 4 4
Accessories Auxiliary Contacts
4
Contact Configuration
Terminal Configuration
Catalog Number
4
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
4
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
4
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
4
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4 4 4
Renewal Parts Contact Kits Device
Configuration
4
Reversing/assignment
Three-position
6-602
Reversing/assignment upgrade kit 1
Three-position
6-602-3
4
Magnetic latched reversing/assignment
Two-position
6-602-5
4 4
Catalog Number
Note 1 The 6-602-3 contact kit will upgrade the three-position, reversing/assignment device from the original design that incorporated a leaf spring contact structure to the present design that incorporates a coil spring contact structure. The 6-602 contact kit can then be used after the device has been upgraded for subsequent contact replacement.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-84
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
4
Description
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1100A continuous
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
For 1000 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
1 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
24, 28, 36, 74, 110, 125, 250 (others available)
4 4
Operating Coil Characteristics Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
24
1.60
9-1903-9
28
1.30
9-1903-1
36
1.06
9-1903-3
74
0.49
9-1903-7
110
0.33
9-1903-6
125
0.33
9-1903-4
250
0.17
9-1903-8
4 4 4 4 4 4
Reversing Contactor Schematic Diagram
4 The reversing contactor includes the cross over busbars for DC motor reversing applications. The assignment contactor omits the cross over busbars for motor assignment applications.
Load
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Line
4 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
Reversing Contactor
4 4
2 1/2-13 x 1.0 Mtg. Screws 6.8 11.3 (172.7) (287)
4 4
10.5 (266.7)
3.89 (98.8)
1.25 (31.8)
9.38 (238.3)
4 4
3/8-16 ASA 23 12 Holes
4
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
11.3 (287)
10.5 (266.7)
6.8 (172.7)
45 (20.4)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-85
4 4
4.8 4 4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings
Ampere Rating of AC Motors Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average
full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater than the values given below.
4 4
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
4
hp 1
4 4
1/4
1/3
4 4
1/2
4 4
3/4
4 4
1
4 4
1-1/2
4 4
2
4 4 4
3
4 4
5
4 4 4
Syn. Speed RPM
Caution—These average ratings could be high or low for a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
Current in Amperes 200V
230V
380V 2
460V
575V
2200V
1800
1.09
0.95
0.55
0.48
0.38
—
1200
1.61
1.4
0.81
0.7
0.56
—
900
1.84
1.6
0.93
0.8
0.64
—
1800
1.37
1.19
0.69
0.6
0.48
—
1200
1.83
1.59
0.92
0.8
0.64
—
900
2.07
1.8
1.04
0.9
0.72
—
1800
1.98
1.72
0.99
0.86
0.69
—
1200
2.47
2.15
1.24
1.08
0.86
—
900
2.74
2.38
1.38
1.19
0.95
— —
1800
2.83
2.46
1.42
1.23
0.98
1200
3.36
2.92
1.69
1.46
1.17
—
900
3.75
3.26
1.88
1.63
1.3
—
3600
3.22
2.8
1.7
1.4
1.12
—
1800
4.09
3.56
2.06
1.78
1.42
—
1200
4.32
3.76
2.28
1.88
1.5
—
900
4.95
4.3
2.6
2.15
1.72
—
3600
5.01
4.36
2.64
2.18
1.74
—
1800
5.59
4.86
2.94
2.43
1.94
—
1200
6.07
5.28
3.2
2.64
2.11
— —
900
6.44
5.6
3.39
2.8
2.24
3600
6.44
5.6
3.39
2.8
2.24
—
1800
7.36
6.4
3.87
3.2
2.56
—
1200
7.87
6.84
4.14
3.42
2.74
—
900
9.09
7.9
4.77
3.95
3.16
—
3600
9.59
8.34
5.02
4.17
3.34
—
1800
10.8
9.4
5.7
4.7
3.76
—
1200
11.7
10.2
6.2
5.12
4.1
—
900
13.1
11.4
6.9
5.7
4.55
—
3600
15.5
13.5
8.2
6.76
5.41
—
1800
16.6
14.4
8.74
7.21
5.78
—
1200
18.2
15.8
9.59
7.91
6.32
—
900
18.3
15.9
9.6
7.92
6.33
—
Notes 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 2 380V 50 Hz.
4 4 V5-T4-86
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings
4.8
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued hp
1
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
4
Syn. Speed RPM
Current in Amperes 200V
230V
380V
460V
575V
2200V
3600
22.4
19.5
11.8
9.79
7.81
—
1800
24.7
21.5
13
10.7
8.55
—
1200
25.1
21.8
13.2
10.9
8.7
—
900
26.5
23
13.9
11.5
9.19
—
3600
29.2
25.4
15.4
12.7
10.1
—
1800
30.8
26.8
16.3
13.4
10.7
—
1200
32.2
28
16.9
14
11.2
—
900
35.1
30.5
18.5
15.2
12.2
—
3600
41.9
36.4
22
18.2
14.5
—
1800
45.1
39.2
23.7
19.6
15.7
—
1200
47.6
41.4
25
20.7
16.5
—
900
51.2
44.5
26.9
22.2
17.8
—
3600
58
50.4
30.5
25.2
20.1
—
1800
58.9
51.2
31
25.6
20.5
—
1200
60.7
52.8
31.9
26.4
21.1
—
2
900
63.1
54.9
33.2
27.4
21.9
—
3600
69.9
60.8
36.8
30.4
24.3
—
1800
74.5
64.8
39.2
32.4
25.9
—
1200
75.4
65.6
39.6
32.8
26.2
—
900
77.4
67.3
40.7
33.7
27
—
3600
84.8
73.7
44.4
36.8
29.4
—
1800
86.9
75.6
45.7
37.8
30.2
—
1200
90.6
78.8
47.6
39.4
31.5
—
900
94.1
81.8
49.5
40.9
32.7
—
3600
111
96.4
58.2
48.2
38.5
—
1800
116
101
61
50.4
40.3
—
1200
117
102
61.2
50.6
40.4
—
900
121
105
63.2
52.2
41.7
—
3600
138
120
72.9
60.1
48.2
—
1800
143
124
75.2
62.2
49.7
—
1200
145
126
76.2
63
50.4
—
900
150
130
78.5
65
52
—
3600
164
143
86.8
71.7
57.3
—
1800
171
140
90
74.5
59.4
—
1200
173
150
91
75
60
—
900
177
154
93.1
77
61.5
—
3600
206
179
108
89.6
71.7
—
1800
210
183
111
91.6
73.2
—
1200
212
184
112
92
73.5
—
900
222
193
117
96.5
77.5
—
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Notes 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 2 380V 50 Hz.
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-87
4.8
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings
4
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued
4
Syn. Speed RPM
Current in Amperes
hp 1
200V
230V
380V 2
460V
575V
2200V
100
3600
266
231
140
115
92.2
—
1800
271
236
144
118
94.8
23.6
1200
275
239
145
120
95.6
24.2
900
290
252
153
126
101
24.8
3600
—
292
176
146
116
—
1800
—
293
177
147
117
29.2
4 4 4
125
4 4
150
1200
—
298
180
149
119
29.9
900
—
305
186
153
122
30.9
3600
—
343
208
171
137
—
1800
—
348
210
174
139
34.8
1200
—
350
210
174
139
35.5
900
—
365
211
183
146
37
3600
—
452
257
226
181
—
4
1800
—
458
265
229
184
46.7
4
1200
—
460
266
230
184
47
900
—
482
279
241
193
49.4
4 4
4
200
250
4 4 4 4 4
300
3600
—
559
338
279
223
—
1800
—
568
343
284
227
57.5
1200
—
573
345
287
229
58.5
900
—
600
347
300
240
60.5
1800
—
678
392
339
271
69
1200
—
684
395
342
274
70
400
1800
—
896
518
448
358
91.8
500
1800
—
1110
642
555
444
116
Notes 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 2 380V 50 Hz.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-88
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.1
Product Overview—Contactors and Starters Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2
4.3
4.5
V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
V5-T4-23 V5-T4-30 V5-T4-38
V5-T4-46 V5-T4-49 V5-T4-52 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-59
4 4
V5-T4-64 V5-T4-64 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-66
Direct Current Contactors Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8
V5-T4-11
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7
V5-T4-8
Renewal Parts Product Selection Contact Kits, Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6
V5-T4-4
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose
V5-T4-3
Starters 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4
V5-T4-2
Contactors 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starter
V5-T4-2
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
Ratings Ampere Rating of AC Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-86
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-1
4.1 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
Contents
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Description
4
Contactors 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole— C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . Starters 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase— A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase— A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Product Overview
Application Description
Features
Eaton offers the most complete line of Definite Purpose (DP) contactors in the industry. Designed for heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration (HVACR) applications, Eaton’s DP contactors are designed to handle the most challenging installations.
These ampere and horsepower rated devices from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are designed for service in applications such as refrigeration, air conditioning and resistance heating and are manufactured to traditional standards for quality and reliability. They are subjected to stringent quality assurance inspections and testing procedures. The life expectancy, both electrical and mechanical, will meet or exceed industry performance requirements for Definite Purpose devices.
●
4 4 4 4
● ●
●
●
Completely encased design impervious to dust and other environmental elements 15–360A contactor ratings Single-, two-, three- and four-pole configurations Contactors and starters (up to 60A) Open components and enclosed designs
If more detailed technical information is required— specifications, ratings, and so on—contact your local Eaton distributor or sales office.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-4 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
V5-T4-23 V5-T4-30 V5-T4-38
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
4.1
Catalog Number Selection
4
Definite Purpose Control—Contactors and Starters
4
C 25 D N A 2 15 A A 161 -84 Model C = Contactor A = Three-phase starter B = Single-phase starter
4 Options Blank = Individual pkg. GL = Global listed -84 = 20 pc./pkg. (C25D_) 50 pc./pkg. (C25A_, C25B_, C25C_) -86 = Rotate coil terminals 180° for 15A–50A contactors
Type 25 = Non-reversing contactors and starters (C306) 27 = Non-reversing starters (XTOB) 30 = Non-reversing starters (C440 EOL) 65 = Reversing contactors
4 4 4 4 4
Fuse Blocks 161 = Class M, 600V, 30A 237 = Class G, 300V, 15A 238 = Class G, 300V, 20A 231 = Class G, 300V, 30A 232 = Class G, 300V, 60A 361 = Class J, 600V, 30A 362 = Class J, 600V, 60A 431 = Class T, 300V, 30A 432 = Class T, 300V, 60A 461 = Class T, 600V, 30A 462 = Class T, 600V, 60A 521 = Class H, 250V, 30A 522 = Class H, 250V, 60A 621 = Class R, 250V, 30A 622 = Class R, 250V, 60A
Contactor Frame Size A = Compact, single-pole B = Compact, two-pole C = Compact, single-pole w/shunt D = 15–50A, two- and three-pole E = 25–40A, four-pole F = 60–75A, two- and three-pole G = 90A, two- and three-pole H = 120A, two- and three-pole K = 200 and 300A, three-pole L = 360A, three-pole For Starters Only C = Common control wiring S = Separate control wiring
4 4 4 4 4 4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount) A = 1NO pressure plate B = 1NC pressure plate C = 1NO-1NC pressure plate D = 2NO pressure plate E = 2NC pressure plate F = 1NO pressure plate and QC G = 1NC pressure plate and QC H = 1NO-1NC pressure plate and QC J = 2NO pressure plate and QC K = 2NC pressure plate and QC L = 1NO-1NC snap switch QC only M = 2NO-2NC snap switch QC only
Enclosure Type N = Open with metal mounting plate R = Open with DIN rail mounting adapter (two- and three-pole, 15–50A contactors only) G = NEMA Type 1 Enclosed
Power Terminals A = Binding head screw B = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) C = Screw/pressure plate 1 D = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) 1 E = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) F = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) G = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) H = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) 1 J = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) K = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) L = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) M = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole
4 4 4 4 4 4
Coil Selection A = 110–120 Vac, 50/60 Hz R = 12 Vac, 50/60 Hz B = 208–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz T = 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz C = 440–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz 1R = 12 Vdc D = 550–600 Vac, 50/50 Hz 1T = 24 Vdc H = 277 Vac, 60 Hz 1W = 48 Vdc J = 220–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 1A = 120 Vdc L = 380–415 Vac, 50 Hz
15 = 15A 25 = 25A 30 = 30A 40 = 40A 50 = 50A 60 = 60A
4
4 4 4 4
Current Rating 75 = 75A 90 = 90A 120 = 120A 200 = 200A 300 = 300A 360 = 360A
4 4 4 4
Note 1 Not available on 50A devices.
4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-3
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Contents
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
Description
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s 20–40A, single- and two-pole, Type C25 contactors from Eaton’s Electrical Sector feature a compact, efficient design with a low VA coil and straight-through wiring. New contactor housing design effectively limits dust and other contaminants from magnet structure—reduces or eliminates noise. These economically priced, UL recognized/CSA certified, ampere rated devices are well suited for use in heating/ air conditioning, refrigeration, data processing and food service applications.
●
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
●
● ● ● ● ●
UL Recognized Components: UL File Number E1491, Guides NLDX2 and NLDX8 CSA Certified Components: CSA C22.2 No. 14-05, File Number 238083 Class 3211 84 IEC 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 ARI 780/790 Standard CE RoHS Compliance
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-5 V5-T4-5 V5-T4-6 V5-T4-6 V5-T4-7 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Catalog Number Selection
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
C25BNB230 Incomplete catalog number
4
A
4 4
Magnet coil suffix
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see below ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-6
4 4
Product Selection
4
Compact Contactors—Open Type Ampere Rating 1
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
4
Resistive
240–277V
480V
575V
115V
230V
115V
230V
Catalog Number 23
4
25
30
150
—
—
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25ANB125_
4
30
40
150
75
50
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25ANB130_
40
50
240
—
—
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25ANB140_
Inductive Full Load Single-Pole
Locked Rotor
Single-Pole
4 4 4
Single-Pole with Shunt
Single-Pole with Shunt 25
30
150
—
—
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25CNB125_
30
40
150
75
50
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25CNB130_
40
50
240
—
—
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25CNB140_
4 4 4 4
Two-Pole
4
Two-Pole 20
30
120
100
80
1-1/2
3
1.1
2.2
C25BNB220_
25
35
150
125
100
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25BNB225_
30
40
150
125
100
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25BNB230_
40
50
240
200
160
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25BNB240_
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
Coil Suffix
24
T
110–120
A
208–240
B
277
H
380–415 (50 Hz), 440–480 (60 Hz)
C
4 4 4 4
Notes 1 Rating per pole. 2 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with coil suffix letter from the table above. 3 Bulk pack quantities are available in quantities of 50, contact local sales office.
4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-5
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Options
4
When Ordering Specify To order replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with letter F. Example: C25BNF240A.
4 4 4 4
Compact Factory Installed Options Description Box lugs with quick connects for 20–40A contactors Single-pole Single-pole with shunt Two-pole
4 4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Description
Specification
Insulation voltage
690V
4
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
Double break
Magnet coil
Class F, 155°C
4
Contact arc covers
Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals
5/16 in hex washer head screws Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals Box lugs available as option
4 4
Line and load terminal designations
Marked on contactors
Operating temperature range
–13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
4
Terminal wire range
4 4
Hex washer head screws
6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs
6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating 8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating 6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
Mounting position
Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
4 4 4
Coil Characteristics AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
Maximum Inrush VA
Maximum Sealed VA
Maximum Sealed Watts
2
Single-Pole
4
24
33
6
4
120
33
6
2
208/240
33
6
2
4
277
33
6
2
4
24
41
6.5
3
120
41
6.5
3
Two-Pole
4
208/240
41
6.5
3
4
277
41
6.5
3
480
41
6.5
3
4 4 4 4 V5-T4-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Single-Pole and Single-Pole + Shunt
4
0.03 (0.8)
0.21 (5.2)
4
0.25 (6.3)
4 4 4
3.19 (81)
1.50 1.77 2.40 (38) (45) (61)
4 4 1.61 (41)
4
2.32 (59)
1.97 (50)
4
Approximate Shipping Weight
4
0.5 lb (0.2 kg)
4
Two-Pole 0.03 (0.8)
0.21 (5.2)
4
0.25 (6.3)
4 4 4
3.19 (81)
1.50 1.77 2.40 (38) (45) (61)
4 4
1.61 (41) 1.97 (50)
4
2.32 (59)
4
Approximate Shipping Weight
4
0.7 lb (0.3 kg)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-7
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Contents
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Description
4
Page
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4
V5-T4-4 V5-T4-9 V5-T4-11 V5-T4-13 V5-T4-14 V5-T4-16 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-20
4 4 4 4 4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
4
Product Description
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Eaton offers the most comprehensive line of definite purpose contactors in the industry. Initially designed as an HVAC and refrigeration product, the C25 line is now the market leader and the product of choice for many OEMs and contractors serving diverse markets. Featuring current ratings between 15A and 360A, the contactors are dual-rated for inductive and resistive ratings as well as for horsepower and kilowatt ratings. Other terminal configurations are available, see Page V5-T4-13. Contactors will accept add-on auxiliary contacts—order factory assembled or as kits for field installation. The separately available snapon mechanical interlock permits interlocking two contactors for reversing or two-speed applications.
Standards and Certifications Standard DP Contactors (15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole) The standard line of C25 DP contactor features: ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Pressure plates and quick connects are standard on 15–30A contactors Lugs and quick connects are standard on 40A and 50A contactors Highest electrical life in its class—minimum 250,000 operations Universal baseplate allows for easy retrofit of competitive units (optional DIN rail mounting) UL recognized design in U.S. and Canada “cURus” (CSA approval pending) Accessories including auxiliary contacts, mechanical interlocks and fuse blocks RoHS (Reduction of Hazardous Substances) compliant
Global Listed Contactors (15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole) In addition to all the features of the standard DP line, the Global Listed line also features: ●
●
●
Exact footprint and mounting dimensions as the standard line—ideal for retrofits CE (Conformité Européen), CCC (China) and DEMKO (Denmark) certifications Higher electrical life— minimum 300,000 operations
Contactors between 15A and 50A are offered as two different lines—Standard and Global Listed.
4 4 4 V5-T4-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Class 3211 04, 481301 and 122201 CE mark (Global line only) EN 60947-4-1 RoHS Compliance (15A to 50A and 90A)
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-10 ● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13 DP Contactor
4 4
C25 Contactors—Open Type
Locked Rotor
Maximum Motor (hp) Single- ThreePhase Phase
Maximum Motor (kW) Single- ThreePhase Phase
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C25DND215_
C25DRD215_
C25DND215_-GL
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C25DND315_
C25DRD315_
C25DND315_-GL
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DND225_
C25DRD225_
C25DND225_-GL
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C25DND325_
C25DRD325_
C25DND325_-GL
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
4
C25END425_
—
—
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
4 4
Ampere Rating Inductive Resistive Full Load per Pole
Line Voltage
15
25
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
200
300
360
20
35
40
50
65
75
90
120
140
200
300
360
Global Listed Line With Baseplate Catalog Number 1
4
Standard DP Contactors With With DIN Rail Baseplate Adapter Number Catalog Catalog 1 of Poles Number Number 1
4 4 4 4 4
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DND230_
C25DRD230_
C25DND230_-GL
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C25DND330_
C25DRD330_
C25DND330_-GL
460
150
—
15
—
11
4
C25END430_
—
—
575
120
—
15
—
11
4
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DNF240_
C25DRF240_
C25DNF240_-GL
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
3
C25DNF340_
C25DRF340_
C25DNF340_-GL
4
460
200
—
20
—
15
4
C25ENF440_
—
—
575
160
—
20
—
15
4
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DNJ250_
C25DRJ250_
C25DNJ250_-GL
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C25DNJ350_
C25DRJ350_
C25DNJ350_-GL
4
460
250
—
30
—
22
575
200
—
30
—
22
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FNF260_
—
—
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C25FNF360_
—
—
460
300
—
40
—
30
575
240
—
40
—
30
115
450
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FNF275_
—
—
3
C25FNF375_
—
—
230
450
15
20
11
18.5
460
375
—
50
—
37
575
300
—
50
—
37
115
540
7-1/2
—
5.5
—
2
C25GNF290_
—
—
230
540
15
30
11
22
3
C25GNF390_
—
—
460
450
—
50
—
37
575
360
—
50
—
37
230
720
—
—
—
—
3
C25HNE3120_
—
—
460
720
575
570
240
1200
480
1200
600
1000
240
1800
480
1800
600
1500
240
2320
480
2320
600
1900
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
—
—
—
—
3
C25KNE3200_
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
C25KNE3300_
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
C25LNE3360_
—
—
4 4 4 4 4 4
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-10.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-9
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage 60 Hertz
4
AC
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
1
Voltage 60 Hertz DC
Coil Suffix
9
4
12 2
12
R
12
4
24 3
24
T
24
1T
110–120 4
110–120 4
A
48
1W
208 5
—
E
120
1A j
208–240 6
208–240
B
240 7
220
J
277
—
H
4
—
380–415
L
4
440–480
440–480
C
550–600 8
550–600
D
4 4
4
1R
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 Available through 75A. 3 Available through 120A. 4 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A and all four-pole contactors (25A–40A). 5 Available 120–360A. 6 Available 15–90A, others 240V. 7 Available through 50A. 8 Not available for 90A. 9 Contactors with DC coils (only available up to 75A) include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more details. j Available only for 15A through 75A contactors and four-pole contactors.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted)
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac With Pressure Plate and Quick Connect Terminals
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
1NO
C320KG1
C320KG11
4
1NC
C320KG2
C320KG12
1NO-1NC
C320KG3
C320KG13
2NO
C320KG4
C320KG14
2NC
C320KG5
C320KG15
Circuit Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact
4
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
For 15 through 75A
4 4 4 4
Auxiliary Contact for FI Series Contactors
4
For 90A 1NO
—
FIC320DPG10 1
1NC
—
FIC320DPG01 1
1NO-1NC
—
FIC320DPG11 1
2NO
—
FIC320DPG20 1
4 4 4 4 4
For 120 through 360A
Side Mounted Snap Switch
1NO
C320KGS20
—
1NC
C320KGS21
—
1NO-1NC
C320KGS22
—
4 4 4
Snap Switch Design Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts (For 15–75A Contactors Only)
4
Snap Switch Design with Quick Connect Terminals Circuit
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
C320SNP11
2NO-2NC
C320SNP22
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal
4
Description Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped) for magnet coil terminals 2
4
Notes 1 Valid on Series FI contactors only. 2 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C25DND215A9.
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-11
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Top Mounted)
4
Top Mounted Auxiliary Contact
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
4
Circuit
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
Catalog Number
Circuit
Catalog Number
1
4
For 15 through 75A 1NO
C320KGT1
1NO-2NC
C320KGT11
4
1NC
C320KGT2
3NC
C320KGT12
4 4 4 4
1NO-1NC
C320KGT3
4NO
C320KGT13
2NO
C320KGT4
3NO-1NC
C320KGT14
2NC
C320KGT5
2NO-2NC
C320KGT15
3NO
C320KGT9
1NO-3NC
C320KGT16
2NO-1NC
C320KGT10
4NC
C320KGT17
Mechanical Interlock Kit
Mechanical Interlock
4
Description
Catalog Number
Mechanical interlock kit for 15 through 75A
C321KM60B
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer Side mounted on C25D, C25E and C25F frame. This timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the START button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized. Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Timing Range
Catalog Number 234
0.1–1.0 seconds
C320TDN1_
4
1–30 seconds
C320TDN30_
30–300 seconds
C320TDN300_
4
5–30 minutes
C320TDN3000_
4
4
Separate Enclosures
4
NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 4
Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1 Application
Catalog Number
15 through 50A, two- and three-pole
C799B18
60A, two- and three-pole or 25 through 40A, four-pole
C799B19
4 4
Notes 1 Not available for four-pole contactors (15–40 Amp). 2 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V 3 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors. 4 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
4 4 4 4 V5-T4-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Options
4
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted. Factory Installed Options Field Installed Options Description
Code Letter
Number of Poles
Terminals—15A through 50A Binding head screws Without quick connect terminals
4
Description
Catalog Number
Finger-proof shield for 15–50A
49-7899KIT 56
4 4
A
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
G
2-, 3-pole
4
C
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
D
2-, 3-, 4-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H
2-, 3-pole
Screw/pressure plate 1 Without quick connect terminals
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw Without quick connect terminals
4
4 4
2
E
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
F
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
J
2-, 3-pole
4 4
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw) Without quick connect terminals
K
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
L
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
M
2-, 3-pole
E
2-, 3-pole
F
2-, 3-pole
Terminals—60A through 75A
4
3
Box lugs (slotted screw) Without quick connect terminals With quick connect terminals
4 4 4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount) Add code letter listed below to complete catalog number. Example: Change C25DND215A to C25DND215AA. Auxiliary Contacts—Factory Installed
4
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals Code Letter
With Quick Connect Terminals Code Letter
Snap Switch Design with Quick Connect Terminals Code Letter
1NO
A
F
—
1NC
B
G
—
1NO-1NC
C
H
—
2NO
D
J
—
2NC
E
K
—
1NO-1NC
—
—
L
2NO-2NC
—
—
M
1NO
A
—
—
1NO-1NC
C
—
—
2NO
D
—
—
2NC
E
—
—
Description
4 4 4
For 15 through 90A 4
4 4 4
For 15 through 75A
4 4
For 120 through 360A
4 4
Special Marking (Special contactor marking, consult local sales office)
4
Notes 1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors. 2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws. 3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250. 4 90A available only with binding head screw and quick connect terminals. 5 Kit contains quantity 1 shield. 6 Not for use with Quick Connect terminals on the power poles.
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
4 4 www.eaton.com
V5-T4-13
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Standard and Global Listed Line
4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 Specification Description
Standard
Global Listed Line
Magnet coil
Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C Class F (C25D and L), 155°C Class H (C25D), 180°C (available as factory installed option)
Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C Class F (C25D and L), 155°C Class H (C25D), 180°C (available as factory installed option)
4
Contacts
Double break
Double break
4
Coil terminals
18 AWG (90A)
18 AWG (90A)
Ambient temperature
150°F (65°C) maximum
150°F (65°C) maximum
4 4
4
Terminal wire range #8–32 binding head screw
14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
4
#8–32 screw/pressure plate
14–8 AWG (one conductor); 14–8 AWG (two conductors)
14–8 AWG (one conductor); 14–8 AWG (two conductors)
4
Box lugs—15–50A 1
4
# 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor) Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
# 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor) Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
Box lugs—60–75A 1
Upper level: 14–2 AWG Lower level: 14–6 AWG
Upper level: 14–2 AWG Lower level: 14–6 AWG
4
Box lugs—90A
1/0–8 AWG
1/0–8 AWG
4
Box lugs—120A
3/0–8 AWG
3/0–8 AWG
Box lugs—200–300A
350 kcmil–6 AWG
350 kcmil–6 AWG
4
Box lugs—360A
750 kcmil–2 AWG
750 kcmil–2 AWG
4 4 4
Contactor Torque Ratings Contactor Size 15–50A
2
4
Terminal
4
60–75A
12–14 AWG
22 lb-in
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
15 lb-in
Box lug
12–14 AWG
15 lb-in
10 AWG
25 lb-in
8 AWG
40 lb-in
4–6 AWG
45 lb-in
10–14 AWG
40 lb-in
8 AWG
45 lb-in
Box lug
4 4
90A
Box lug
120A
Box lug
4 4 4 4 4
Tightening Torque
8–32 binding head screw
4 3
Wire Range
3–6 AWG
50 lb-in
1/0–8 AWG
60 lb-in
8 AWG
40 lb-in
4–6 AWG
45 lb-in
3–1/0 AWG
50 lb-in
200–300A
Box lug
6–350 kcmil
200 lb-in
360A
Box lug
2–750 kcmil
550 lb-in
Notes 1 The box lugs on the 15–75A device can accept two conductors per pole. 2 The box lugs on the 15–50A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept 4–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG. 3 The box lugs on the 60–75A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept 3–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG.
4 4 4 V5-T4-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
For Global Line Only
4
DC Ratings (Global Listed Line Only) Two-Pole, 15–30A Inductive
Two-Pole, 40A Inductive
Three-Pole, 15–30A Inductive
Three-Pole, 40A Inductive
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
Voltage
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
240 Vdc three poles in series
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
3/4
4
5
1
5
120 Vdc three poles in series
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
3/4
8
10
1
10
120 Vdc two poles in series
5.5
1/2
5.5
8
3/4
8
5.5
1/2
5.5
8
3/4
8
120 Vdc per pole
2
1/10
2
3.5
1/4
3.5
2
1/10
2
3.5
1/4
3.5
24 Vdc per pole
15
—
15
20
—
20
15
—
15
20
—
20
Tungsten and Ballast (480V)
25A
30A
30A
40A
40A
50A
50A
60A
4 4 4 4 4
Lighting Duty Ratings (Global Listed Line Only) C25D_ Inductive Rating
4
4 4 4 4 4
IEC/CE Ratings (IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1) for 15A through 50A C25 D–Contactors (Global Listed Line Only) C25D_
AC-1 (Ic)
Inductive Rating
480V
600V
AC-3 (Ie) 480V
600V
AC-4 (Ie) 480V
600V
480V
600V
15A
20A
20A
15A
15A
15A
—
15A
15A
25A
30A
30A
25A
25A
25A
—
25A
25A
30A
40A
40A
30A
30A
30A
—
30A
30A
40A
50A
—
40A
—
40A
—
40A
—
50A
65A
65A
50A
50A
50A
—
50A
50A
4
AC-8a
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-15
4.2 4 4
Contactors
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) C25 Contactors, Open Type and Open Type—Reversing 15–75 Ampere (Non-Reversing)
4 4
F
C Mtg. Holes/Slots for 8 Screws
J
GD B
H E
C Mtg. Holes/Slots for 16 Screws
7/32 Hex Socket (6 places)
(2) 0.25 x 0.032 Male with Quick Connects (6 places)
4 4
GD
H E
C 1NO Auxiliary Contact with 0.25 x 0.032 Male Quick Connects at Left
0.393 (10.0) DIA
0.20 (5.2)
0.20 (5.2)
4.43 4.63 (112.5) (117.5)
B
4
0.20 (5.2)
4
H E A
4 4
F
90 Ampere
4 4
J
A I
Aux. Cont.
4
B
J
Aux. Cont.
4
A
Aux. Cont.
4
15–75 Ampere (Reversing)
J Aux. Cont.
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
120 Ampere A
H E
0.25 x 0.032 Male with Quick Connect Coil Terminal (2 places)
200–360 Ampere J
C
A
C
4 4 4 4 4
Side Mtd. Aux.
BE
BE
Aux. D
Mtg. Holes for 3 Screws
D
Mtg. Holes for 3 Screws
Dimensions and Shipping Weights Side Auxiliary Contact Adder
Number of Poles
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1.3 (.6)
4
Ampere Size
4
Open Type 15–50
2 and 3
2.40 (61.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
—
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.34 (8.6)
4
25–40
4
2.68 (68.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.38 (86.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.50 (12.5)
2.3 (1.0)
60–75
2 and 3
2.63 (67.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.37 (9.5)
2.8 (1.3)
4
90
2 and 3
3.86 (98.0)
5.00 (127.0)
4.41 (112.0)
—
2.87 (73.0)
—
—
2.48 (63.0)
—
NN (NN)
4
120
2 and 3
3.54 (90.0)
7.17 (182.0)
5.94 (151.0)
3.00 (76.0)
6.63 (168.0)
—
—
—
0.54 (13.7)
8.5 (3.9)
200 and 300
2 and 3
7.05 (179.0)
9.11 (232.0)
7.25 (184.0)
6.00 (152.0)
8.50 (216.0)
—
—
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
4
360
2 and 3
7.05 (179.0)
13.12 (333.0)
7.78 (198.0)
6.00 (152.0)
12.50 (318.0)
—
—
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
4
15–50
2 and 3
5.0 (127.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.25 (83.0)
4.53 (118.0)
—
3.13 (79.0)
4.13 (105.0)
0.34 (8.6)
2.6 (1.2)
60–75
2 and 3
5.77 (147.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0
5.15 (131.0)
3.15 (80.0)
3.13 (79.0)
4.65 (118.0)
0.37 (9.5)
5.6 (2.5)
4 4
Open Type—Reversing
Note 1 Add 0.30 in (8 mm) to width for C25 contactors with DC coils.
V5-T4-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
4.2
Contents Description
Page
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
V5-T4-4 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-18 V5-T4-19 V5-T4-20
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
4
Product Description
4
Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment. They are supplied either factory assembled, mounted and wired to the contactor or in kit form.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Note: Available only on threepole, 15–50A contactors
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-17
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
Optional Three-Pole Fuse Block
4 4 4 4 4
Available only on three-pole, 15–50A contactors Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment. They are supplied either factory assembled, mounted and wired to the contactor or in kit form. To order factory assembled, add suffix number from table below to catalog number of contactor listed on Page V5-T4-9. Example: C25DND325A361. Three-Pole Fuse Block
Three-Pole Fuse Blocks Fuse Holder Volts
4
Fuse Dimensions in Inches (mm) Amperes
Diameter
Length
Terminal Type
Maximum Wire Size
Factory Installed Ordering Suffix
Field Installation Kit Catalog Number
30
0.41 (10.4)
1.50 (38.1)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
161
C350KM61
15
0.41 (10.4)
1.31 (33.3)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
237
C350KG37
1.41 (35.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
238
C350KG38
1.63 (41.4)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
231
C350KG31
2.25 (57.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
232
C350KG32
Class M
4
600
4
600
Class G
20
4
480
4
Class J
30
0.41 (10.4)
60
4
600
4
Class T 300
4 4
600
4
Class H 250
4
30
0.81 (20.6)
2.25 (57.2)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
361
C350KJ61
60
1.06 (26.9)
2.38 (60.5)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
362
C350KJ62
30
0.41 (10.4)
0.88 (22.4)
Box lug
6 AWG Cu
431
C350KT31
60
0.56 (14.2)
0.88 (22.4)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
432
C350KT32
30
0.56 (14.2)
1.50 (38.1)
Box lug
6 AWG Cu
461
C350KT61
60
0.81 (20.6)
1.56 (39.6)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
462
C350KT62
30
0.56 (14.2)
2.00 (50.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
521
C350KH21
60
0.81 (20.6)
3.00 (76.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
522
C350KH22
30
0.56 (14.2)
2.00 (50.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
621
C350KR21
60
0.81 (20.6)
3.00 (76.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
622
C350KR22
Class R
4
250
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
4.2
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
Three-Pole Fuse Block and Contactor
4 4 4
B
4 4
C
A Front View
Side View Wide
High
Amps
Volts
A
B
C
G
15
600
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.62 (67)
4.25 (108)
5.18 (132)
20 30
480
60 H
30
250
60 J
30
600
60 M
30
600
R
30
250
60 T
4
Deep
Fuse Size Class
3.00 (76)
3.03 (77)
5.33 (135)
4.22 (107)
4.75 (121)
5.86 (149)
4.81 (122)
4.12 (105)
5.92 (150)
4.81 (122)
4.12 (105)
5.92 (150)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
3.00 (76)
3.03 (77)
5.33 (135)
4.22 (107)
4.75 (121)
5.86 (149)
30
300
3.44 (87)
2.75 (70)
5.43 (138)
60
300
3.44 (87)
2.75 (70)
5.43 (138)
30
600
3.75 (95)
3.19 (81)
5.36 (136)
60
600
4.87 (124)
2.94 (75)
5.68 (144)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-19
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Contents
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
Description
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
4
Product Description
4 4 4 4
C65 Reversing Contactors from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are furnished with pressure plates and quick connect terminals as standard on 15, 25 and 30A devices and with box lugs and quick connect terminals on 40, 50, 60 and 75A.
Standards and Certifications Other terminal configurations are available—see Factory Installed Options on Page V5-T4-13. Reversing contactors will accept add-on auxiliary contacts on either side—order factory assembled or as kits for field installation. See Page V5-T4-13.
●
●
●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380w-1.14 Class 3211 04 CE
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-4 V5-T4-8 V5-T4-17 V5-T4-21 V5-T4-21
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
C65DND315 Incomplete catalog number
A
4
X
Magnet coil suffix
4 4
Option code as necessary
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-22 ● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13
4 4 4
Product Selection C65 Reversing Contactor
4
Open Type Contactors—Unwired, Mechanically Interlocked Only Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Open Type with Metal Open Type with DIN Mounting Plate Rail Adapter
Inductive Full Load
Resistive per Pole
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Number of Poles
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
15
20
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C65DND215_
C65DRD215_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
25
30
40
50
60
75
35
40
50
65
75
90
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C65DND225_
C65DRD225_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C65DND230_
C65DRD230_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
460
150
—
15
—
11
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
575
120
—
15
—
11
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C65DNF240_
C65DRF240_
3
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
460
200
—
20
—
15
575
160
—
20
—
15
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C65DNJ250_
C65DRJ250_
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
460
250
—
30
—
22
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
575
200
—
30
—
22
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C65FNF260_
—
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C65FNF360_
—
460
300
—
40
—
30
C65FNF360_
—
575
240
—
40
—
30
C65FNF360_
—
115
450
5
—
3.7
—
2
C65FNF275_
—
230
450
15
20
11
18.5
3
C65FNF375_
—
460
375
—
50
—
37
C65FNF375_
—
575
300
—
50
—
37
C65FNF375_
—
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from Page V5-T4-22.
4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-21
4.2 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix Volts 60 Hz
50 Hz
Coil Suffix 1
12
12
R
4
24
24
T
4
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
208–240
208–240
B
4
240 3
220
J
277
—
H
4
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4
4 4
Magnet Coil Options
4
Description
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (“U” shaped) for magnet coil terminals. To order, add Suffix Number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C65DND315A9.
4 4 4
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A. 3 Available through 50A.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Contents
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
Description
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-24 V5-T4-26 V5-T4-27 V5-T4-28 V5-T4-28 V5-T4-29 V5-T4-30 V5-T4-38
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 Product Description
Features and Benefits
Standards and Certifications
A25 and B25 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and Freedom Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays mounted on a common mounting plate.
Overload Relay ● Selectable manual or automatic reset operation ● Interchangeable heater packs adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors ● Class 10 or 20 heater packs ● Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism ● Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test) ● Overload trip indication ● Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock ● Single-phase sensitivity
●
●
4
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Catalog Number Selection
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
4
A25CNC30 Incomplete catalog number
4
A
4
Magnet coil suffix
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-24 Example, order catalog number A25CNC30A ● Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27
4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-23
4.3 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Product Selection A25 Starter
4
Single- and Three-Phase Starters—Open Type
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase 12
Three-Phase 1
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Common Control
Separate Control
Common Control
Separate Control
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
4
25
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
4
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
4
575
120
—
15
—
11
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
4
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
4
460
200
—
20
—
15
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
115
300
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
230
300
—
15
—
11
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
460
250
—
30
—
22
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
575
200
—
30
—
22
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
115
360
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
230
360
—
20
—
15
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
460
300
—
40
—
30
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
575
240
—
40
—
30
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
4 4
30
40
50
4 4 4
60
4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage 60 Hertz
4
AC 4
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
Voltage 60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 7
12
12
R
12
4
24
24
T
24
1T
4
110–120 5
110–120 5
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
240 6
220
J
277
—
H
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4 4 4
1R
Notes 1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27. 2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications. 3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from table above. 4 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 5 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor. 6 Available through 50A. 7 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Overload Relay General Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600 volts, 2) short-circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (NEC Art. 430-31) Time Current Characteristics The time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratory (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC.
UL requires— ● When tested at 100 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately ● When tested at 200 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes ● When tested at 600 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay or heater packs “Current Rating” is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA (Full Load Amperes) current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service
factor motor.“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting. Example: 600% of current rating is defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. A 10 ampere heater setting must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75 amperes motor current for a Class 20 relay. Overload Relay Setting
For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FLA dial single-half position counterclockwise (CCW). Manual/Automatic Reset— The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration. Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices.
FLA Dial Adjustment— For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to correspond to the motor’s FLA rating. Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example.
Test for Trip Indication— To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue RESET button. An orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push RESET button in to reset.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
FLA Dial Adjustment
4
Reset Adjustment Dial
1.0 1.15 Service Service Factor Factor B A
4
C
4
A D
Example of 12.0 FLA setting for heater pack number H2011B showing position for 1.0 or 1.15 service factor motors.
4
M
4
Example of setting for manual reset.
4 4 4
Replacement Overload with Connectors Starter Size
Overload Part Number
25 and 30A
10-7125
40 and 50A
10-7132
60A
10-7131
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-25
4.3 4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Accessories Contactor Accessories, see Pages V5-T4-11 and V5-T4-12. Locking Cover for Overload Relay Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial—helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting. Locking Cover for Overload Relay
Locking Cover
Description
Minimum Order Quantity (Std. Pkg.)
Catalog Number
4
Clear cover, no accessibility
50
C320PC3
Gray cover, no accessibility, with auto only nib
50
C320PC4
4
Gray cover, no accessibility, with manual only nib
50
C320PC5
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and auto only nib
50
C320PC6
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and manual only nib
50
C320PC7
4
4 4 4
Separate Enclosures Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1
4
Application
Catalog Number
4
25 and 30A
C799B11
40, 50 and 60A
C799B13
4
Heater Packs
4
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
Fast Trip Ratings
4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position A B C
D
Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs)
0.26
0.313
0.367
0.42
H2101B-3
4
0.384
0.464
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
0.57
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
4
0.846
1.02
1.2
1.37
H2104B-3
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.1
H2105B-3
4
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
4
2.3
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
3.38
4.1
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
4
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
4
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
14.4
17.5
20.7
23.8
H2112B-3
4
18.7
21.8
25
28.1
H2113B-3
23.5
27.3
31
34.8
H2114B-3
4
28.3
32.6
37
41.3
H2115B-3
4
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
4
4
4 4 4
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28. Notes 1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counterclockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors. 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
V5-T4-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4 4 4
Standard Trip Ratings Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs)
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
Dial Position
0.375
0.452
0.53
0.607
H2002B-3
0.56
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
1.2
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.9
H2006B-3
2.15
2.6
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.23
3.9
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
4.55
5.5
6.45
7.4
H2009B-3
6.75
8.17
9.58
11
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14
H2011B-3
14
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
29
34
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28.
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Terminal Wire Sizes
4
Line Side (Contactor) 3 Wire Range—Solid or Stranded Terminal Type
Power Terminals
Coil Terminals
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Box lug: 25–50A
4–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Box lug: 60A
3–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
4 4 4
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid) Terminal
Range
Torque Rating
25 and 30A
14–6 AWG
20 lb-in (14–10 AWG)
40, 50 and 60A
14–2 AWG
35 lb-in (14–10 AWG) 40 lb-in (8 AWG) 45 lb-in (6–4 AWG) 50 lb-in (3–2 AWG)
4 4 4 4
Control Terminals—Cu Only
4
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid Notes 1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counterclockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors. 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications. 3 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-27
4.3 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit AC Volts
120V
240V
480V
600V
4
NC Contact B600
4
Make and break
30A
15A
7.5A
6A
Break
3A
1.5A
0.75A
0.6A
Continuous
5A
5A
5A
5A
Make and break
15A
7.5A
3.375A
3A
Break
1.5A
0.75A
0.375A
0.3A
Continuous
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
4 4 4 4 4 4
NO Contact C600
Trip Curves Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating Class 10 Overload Relay
4 4 4
10,000
5000 4000 3000 2000
5000 4000 3000 2000
1000
1000
500 400 300 200
4 4
Class 20 Overload Relay
10,000
Trip Time (Seconds) 100
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
4 4 4 4
500 400 300 200
From Cold Start
Trip Time (Seconds) 100
10
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
10
0
From Cold Start
0
10
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
4 4
Wiring Diagrams
4
Single-Phase Connections Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control)
4 4
L1 1
4
98
4
97 96
4
L1
L2
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L3
1
13
4
Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control)
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L2
4
4
Three-Phase Connections
14
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
95
13
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
14 98
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
97 96
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 T1
AC Motor
T2
95
T3
AC Motor
4 V5-T4-28
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
10
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A25 and B25 Starers—Open Type
4
25 and 30 Ampere H
A
H
4
40, 50 and 60 Ampere C
H
A
H
C
4 4
B
BE
4
E
4 4
G D Mtg. for #10-32 Screw
G D Mtg. for #10-32 Screw
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide A
High B
Deep C
Deep D
Mounting E
Mounting G
Auxiliary Contact Adder H
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
2.50 (64.0)
7.14 (181.0)
3.56 (90.4)
3.69 (93.7)
6.55 (166.0)
0.20 (5.1)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
40
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.0)
3.50 (89.0)
3.66 (93.0)
7.50 (190.5)
2.00 (51.0)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
50 and 60
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.0)
4.15 (105.0)
3.66 (93.0)
7.50 (190.5)
2.00 (51.0)
0.54 (13.7)
3.6 (1.6)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-29
4.3 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Contents
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
Description
4
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-23 V5-T4-31 V5-T4-33 V5-T4-33 V5-T4-36 V5-T4-36 V5-T4-37 V5-T4-38
4 4 4 4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
4
Product Description
Features and Benefits
A27 and B27 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and XT Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays.
●
4 4 4 4 4
● ●
●
●
4 4
●
Selectable manual or automatic reset operation Class 10 trip class Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull TEST button to test) Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock Single-phase sensitivity
Standards and Certifications ●
●
● ● ● ● ●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 3 80W-1.14 Class 3211 04 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL CSA CE
4 4 4
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
4
A27CNE30
4 4
Incomplete catalog number
4
A Magnet coil suffix
040 Overload relay suffix
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix, see Page V5-T4-32 Example, order catalog number A27CNE30A040
4 4 4 V5-T4-30
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Product Selection A27 Starter
4 Three-Phase Starter—Open Type Common Control Ampere Rating
4
Separate Control
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
4
15
115
90
—
—
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
230
90
3
2.2
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
4
460
75
5
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
575
60
5
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
25
30
40
45
115
150
—
—
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
230
150
7-1/2
5.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
460
125
10
7.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
575
100
10
7.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
115
180
—
—
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
230
180
10
7.5
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
460
150
15
11
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
575
120
15
11
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
115
240
—
—
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
230
240
10
7.5
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
460
200
20
15
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
575
160
20
15
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
115
270
—
—
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
230
270
15
11
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
460
225
30
22
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
575
180
30
22
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload relay suffix from Page V5-T4-32.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-31
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Single-Phase Starter—Open Type, B27
4
Common Control
4
Ampere Rating
Separate Control
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
Metal Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
4
15
115
90
3/4
0.4
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
230
90
2
1.5
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
460
75
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
575
60
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
115
150
2
1.5
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
230
150
3
2.2
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
460
125
—
—
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
575
100
—
—
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
115
180
2
1.5
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
4
230
180
5
3.7
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
4
460
150
—
—
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
575
120
—
—
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
115
240
3
2.2
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
230
240
7-1/2
5.5
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
460
200
—
—
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
575
160
—
—
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
115
270
3
2.2
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
230
270
7-1/2
7.5
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
460
225
—
—
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
575
180
—
—
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
4 4
25
4 4
30
40
4 4 4
45
4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
4
12
12
R
24
24
T
4
110–120
110–120
A
208–240
208–240
B
120
240 3
220
277
Voltage 60 Hertz
Overload Relay Suffix
AC 2
Voltage 60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 4
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor Ampere Range
Frame C 1R
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
24
1T
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
48
1W
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
1A
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
J
0.6–1
001
15–25A
—
H
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
—
380–415
L
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
440–480
440–480
C
2.4–4
004
15–25A
550–600
550–600
D
4–6
006
15–25A
6–10
010
15–25A
4
10–16
016
15–25A
16–24
024
15–25A
4
24–32
032
15–25A
6–10
010
30–45A
10–16
016
30–45A
16–24
024
30–45A
24–40
040
30–45A
40–57
057
30–45A
4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4
12
Motor Full Load Amperes
Frame D
Notes 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload relay suffix from tables above. 2 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 3 Available through 45A. 4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 V5-T4-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Renewal Parts
4
Overload Relays
4
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor Ampere Range
Overload Relay Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
XTOBP16CC1DP
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
XTOBP24CC1DP
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
XTOBP40CC1DP
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
XTOBP60CC1DP
0.6–1
001
15–25A
XTOB001CC1DP
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
XTOB1P6CC1DP
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
XTOB2P4CC1DP
2.4–4
004
15–25A
XTOB004CC1DP
4–6
006
15–25A
XTOB006CC1DP
6–10
010
15–25A
XTOB010CC1DP
10–16
016
15–25A
XTOB016CC1DP
16–24
024
15–25A
XTOB024CC1DP
24–32
032
15–25A
XTOB032CC1DP
6–10
010
30–45A
XTOB010DC1DP
10–16
016
30–45A
XTOB016DC1DP
16–24
024
30–45A
XTOB024DC1DP
24–40
040
30–45A
XTOB040DC1DP
40–57
057
30–45A
XTOB057DC1DP
Motor Full Load Amperes
4
Frame C
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Frame D
4 4 4 4 4
Technical Data and Specifications Terminal Wire Sizes
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Line Side (Contactor) 1
Wire Range—Solid or Stranded
Terminal
Range
Torque Rating
Terminal Type
Power Terminals
Coil Terminals
15 and 25A
14–8 AWG
16 lb-in (14–8 AWG)
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
30, 40 and 45A
14–2 AWG
31 lb-in (14–2 AWG)
Box lug: 15–45A
4–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Control Terminals—Cu Only
4 4 4 4
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
4
Note 1 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-33
4.3 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
Overload Relays These tripping characteristics are the mean values of the spread at 20°C ambient temperature in a cold state.
4
Tripping time depends on response current. With devices at operating temperature, the tripping time of the overload relay reduces to approximately 25% of the read off value. Specific characteristics for each individual setting range can be found in MN03402001E.
4
Overload Relays
4
Description
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
XTOB … CC1 Specification
XTOB … DC1 Specification
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Ambient temperature range 1
–25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
Temperature compensation
Continuous
Continuous
10g
10g
General Climatic proofing
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and back of hand proof
Finger and back of hand proof
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
690
690
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
Operational voltage (Ue) Vac
690
690
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1 Between auxiliary contacts and main contacts (Vac)
440
440
Between main contacts (Vac)
440
440
Overload relay setting range
0.1–32A
6–75A
Temperature compensation residual error >20°C (%/K)
150% = 2 sec >250% = 1 sec
4
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
4
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
4
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
4
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2) 8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
4
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm) 25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
4
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
4
Indicators
Options
4 4
Capacity
4
Load terminals
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
4 4
Voltages
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-43
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
4
Description
4 4 4 4 4
Specification 45 mm
55 mm
5A
5A
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) 120V
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
Break contact (180 VA)
4
120V
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
4
415V
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
4 4 4
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1) 0–250V Rated operational current—UL B600 Make contact (3600 VA) 120V
30A
30A
4
240V
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
4
600V
6A
6A
4 4 4 4 4 4
Break contact (360 VA) 120V
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA) 0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
250V
0.11A
0.11A
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding Maximum fuse Environmental Ratings
4
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
4
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
4
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
4
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
4
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
4
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
4
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
4 4 4 V5-T4-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters
4.3
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
4
Specification Description
4
45 mm
55 mm
Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
ESD immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
4
Radiated immunity IEC 60947-4-1 IEC 61000-4-3
10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
4
Conducted immunity IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms) 150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10V rms) 150 kHz–100 MHz
Fast transient immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kV line-to-line (DM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kV line-to-line (DM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay: ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us; 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay: ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us; 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30A/m, 50 Hz
30A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact 8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT) IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
4
Surge immunity IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
4
Electrical/EMC
4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4
Wiring Diagrams Single-Phase Connections
Three-Phase Connections
Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control) L1
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L2
1
4
Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control) L1
L2
4
1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied)
L3
4
1
13 14 98
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
AC Motor
13
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
14 98
97 96
97 96
95
95
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 T1
T2
4
Wire “D” (Supplied with 1NO Aux. Contact)
4 4 4
T3
4 4
AC Motor
4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-45
4.4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
15–60A Contactors—C25
Description
4
15–60A Contactors—C25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–60A Contactors—C25
4
Product Description
4 4 4
Eaton offers the Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters in NEMA 1 enclosures. The C25 contactors are available as enclosed. The A25 and B25 Definite Purpose Starters
combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and Freedom Series Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays mounted on a common mounting plate.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-47 V5-T4-47 V5-T4-48 V5-T4-49 V5-T4-52 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–60A Contactors—C25
C25DGD215 Incomplete catalog number
A Magnet coil suffix
4
X
4 4
Option code as necessary
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-48 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57
4 4
Product Selection C25 Enclosed
4
Two-, Three- and Four-Pole NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Contactors Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Inductive Full Load
Resistive per Pole
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Number of Poles
Catalog Number 1
15
20
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C25DGD215_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C25DGD315_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
C25DGD315_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
C25DGD315_
25
30
40
50
60
35
40
50
65
75
NEMA Type 1
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DGD225_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C25DGD325_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
4
C25EGD425_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
C25EGD425_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DGD230_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C25DGD330_
460
150
—
15
—
11
4
C25EGD430_
575
120
—
15
—
11
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DGF240_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
3
C25DGF340_
460
200
—
20
—
15
4
C25EGF440_
575
160
—
20
—
15
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DGJ250_
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C25DGJ350_
460
250
—
30
—
22
C25DGJ350_
575
200
—
30
—
22
C25DGJ350_
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FGF260_
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C25FGF360_
460
300
—
40
—
30
C25FGF360_
575
240
—
40
—
30
C25FGF360_
C25EGD430_
C25EGF440_
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-48.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-47
4.4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Magnet Coil Suffix Voltage 60 Hertz AC
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
1
Voltage 60 Hertz DC
Coil Suffix
4
4
12
12
R
12
1R
4
24
24
T
24
1T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
E
120
1A
240 3
220
B
277
—
J
—
380–415
H
4
440–480
440–480
L
4
550–600
550–600
C
12
12
D
4 4
4 4
Dimensions
4
C25 Contactors, NEMA 1 Enclosed
4
15–50 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B18)
25–40 Ampere, Four-Pole— 60 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B19)
B
B
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4 4
E
4
E
4 D A
4
D A
C
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
4
Ampere Size
4
NEMA 1 Enclosed
4 4 4 4
High B
Deep C
Mounting D
C
Number of Poles
Wide A
15–50
2 and 3
4.10 (104.0)
6.75 (171.0)
3.50 (89.0)
2.75 (70.0)
4.88 (124.0)
3.4 (1.5)
25–40
4
5.62 (142.0)
9.51 (241.0)
4.81 (122.0)
4.50 (114.0)
8.00 (203.0)
5.8 (2.6)
60
2 and 3
5.62 (142.0)
9.51 (241.0)
4.81 (122.0)
4.50 (114.0)
8.00 (203.0)
6.3 (2.9)
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor. 3 Available through 50A. 4 Contactors with DC coils include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-48
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
E
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Contents
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
Description
Page
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-46 V5-T4-50 V5-T4-50 V5-T4-51 V5-T4-52 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 Product Description
Standards and Certifications
A25 and B25 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and Freedom Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays mounted on a common mounting plate.
●
●
4
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-49
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
4 4 4 4 4
A25CGC30
A
Incomplete catalog number
X
Magnet coil suffix
Option code as necessary
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-51 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57 ● Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, see Page V5-T4-56
4
Product Selection
4
A25, B25 Enclosed
Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters Single-Phase 12
Three-Phase 2
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Common Control
Separate Control
Common Control
Separate Control
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
Catalog Number 3
4
Ampere Rating
4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog Number 3
4
25
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
575
120
—
15
—
11
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
460
200
—
20
—
15
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
115
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
230
300
—
15
—
11
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
460
250
—
30
—
22
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
4 4
30
4 4
40
4 4 4
50
4 4
60
4 4
575
200
—
30
—
22
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
115
360
—
—
—
—
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
230
360
—
20
—
15
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
460
300
—
40
—
30
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
575
240
—
40
—
30
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
Notes 1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Page V5-T4-56. 2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications. 3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-51.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Magnet Coil Suffix Voltage 60 Hertz
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
AC 1
Voltage 60 Hertz
4 Coil Suffix
4
DC 4
12
12
R
12
1R
24
24
T
24
1T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
240 3
220
J
277
—
H
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A25 and B25 Starters
4
25, 30, 40, 50 and 60 Ampere
4 4 4
BE
4 4 G
4
C
A
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide A
High B
Deep C
Mounting E
Mounting G
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
5.63 (143.0)
10.17 (258.0)
5.81 (148.0)
8.00 (203.0)
4.50 (114.0)
4.8 (2.2)
40, 50 and 60
7.64 (194.0)
13.27 (337.0)
6.67 (169.0)
10.75 (273.0)
6.00 (152.0)
10.6 (4.8)
4 4 4 4
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A starter. 3 Available through 50A. 4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-51
4.4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
Description
4
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
4
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
A27 and B27 Definite Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Electrical Sector combine the features and flexibility of the C25 Definite Purpose Contactors and XT Series Bi-metallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays.
●
4 4 4 4
●
●
UL Recognized Components UL File #E-1491, Guide NLDX2 CSA Certified Components File #LR353, Guide 380W-1.14 Class 3211 04 CE
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-46 V5-T4-49 V5-T4-53 V5-T4-54 V5-T4-55 V5-T4-57 V5-T4-58
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
A27CGE30
A
Incomplete catalog number
4
040
Magnet coil suffix
4 4
Overload relay suffix
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix, see Page V5-T4-54
4 4
Product Selection A27, B27 Enclosed
4
Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters Single-Phase Ampere Rating
Three-Phase
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Common Control
Separate Control
Common Control
Separate Control
4
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
4 4
Inductive Full Load
Line Voltage
Locked Rotor
15
115
90
3/4
—
0.4
—
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
575
120
—
15
—
11
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
460
200
—
20
—
15
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
115
270
3
—
2.2
—
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
230
270
7-1/2
15
7.5
11
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
460
225
—
30
—
22
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
575
180
—
30
—
22
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
25
30
40
45
Note 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix from tables on Page V5-T4-54.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-53
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
50 Hertz
Voltage 60 Hertz
Overload Relay Suffix Coil Suffix
AC 1
Voltage 60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 3
Motor Full Load Amperes
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor Ampere Range
Frame C
4
12
12
R
12
1R
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
4
24
24
T
24
1T
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
110–120
110–120
A
48
1W
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
240 2
220
J
0.6–1
001
15–25A
277
—
H
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
—
380–415
L
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
440–480
440–480
C
2.4–4
004
15–25A
550–600
550–600
D
4–6
006
15–25A
6–10
010
15–25A
4
10–16
016
15–25A
16–24
024
15–25A
4
24–32
032
15–25A
6–10
010
30–45A
4
10–16
016
30–45A
16–24
024
30–45A
4
24–40
040
30–45A
40–57
057
30–45A
4 4 4 4
Frame D
4
4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A27 and B27 Starters
4
15, 25, 30, 40 and 50 Ampere
4 4 4
BE
4 4 4 4
G
C
A
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide A
High B
Deep C
Mounting E
Mounting G
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
5.63 (143.0)
10.17 (258.0)
5.81 (148.0)
8.00 (203.0)
4.50 (114.0)
4.8 (2.2)
4
40, 50 and 60
7.64 (194.0)
13.27 (337.0)
6.67 (169.0)
10.75 (273.0)
6.00 (152.0)
10.6 (4.8)
4
Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 2 Available through 45A. 3 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4 4
4 4
V5-T4-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted) Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
4
With Standard Pressure Plate Terminals
With Pressure Plate and Quick Connect Terminals
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
1NO
C320KG1
C320KG11
4
1NC
C320KG2
C320KG12
1NO-1NC
C320KG3
C320KG13
2NO
C320KG4
C320KG14
2NC
C320KG5
C320KG15
1NO
—
C320DPG10
1NC
—
C320DPG01
1NO-1NC
—
C320DPG11
2NO
—
C320DPG20
1NO
C320KGS20
—
1NC
C320KGS21
—
1NO-1NC
C320KGS22
—
Circuit For 15 through 75A
4 4 4
For 90A
4 4 4
For 120 through 360A
Side Mounted Snap Switch
4 4 4
Snap Switch Design Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts
4
Snap Switch Design with Quick Connect Terminals Circuit
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
C320SNP11
2NO-2NC
C320SNP22
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal Description
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped) for magnet coil terminals 2
4
Note 1 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C25DND215A9.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-55
4.4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Heater Packs Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
Fast Trip Ratings
4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position A B C 0.26
0.313
0.367
4
0.384
0.464
0.57
4
Standard Trip Ratings 2
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position
D
Catalog Number (Includes Three Heater Packs)
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs)
0.42
H2101B-3
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
0.375
0.452
0.53
0.607
H2002B-3
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
0.56
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.846
1.02
1.2
1.37
H2104B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.1
H2105B-3
1.2
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.9
H2006B-3
2.3
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
2.15
2.6
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.38
4.1
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
3.23
3.9
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
4
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
4.55
5.5
6.45
7.4
H2009B-3
4
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
6.75
8.17
9.58
11
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14
H2011B-3
14
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
34
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
4
4 4
4
14.4 18.7 23.5
17.5 21.8 27.3
20.7 25 31
23.8 28.1 34.8
H2112B-3 H2113B-3 H2114B-3
4
28.3
4
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
29
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
4 4 4
32.6
37
41.3
H2115B-3
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58. Notes 1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counter-clockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors. 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Options
4
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
4
Factory Installed Options Description
Code Letter
4
Number of Poles
4
Terminals—15A through 50A Binding head screws Without quick connect terminals
4
A
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
G
2-, 3-pole
4 4
Screw/pressure plate 1 Without quick connect terminals
C
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
D
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H
2-, 3-pole
4 4
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw) Without quick connect terminals
E
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
F
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
J
2-, 3-pole
4
K
2-, 3-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
L
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
M
2-, 3-pole
E
2-, 3-pole
F
2-, 3-pole
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw) Without quick connect terminals
4 4
Terminals—60A through 75A 3 Box lugs (slotted screw) Without quick connect terminals With quick connect terminals
4 4
Notes 1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors. 2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws. 3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-57
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 Description
Specification
4
Insulation voltage
690V
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
Double break
4
Magnet coil
Class F, 155°C
Contact arc covers
Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals
5/16 in hex washer head screws Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals Box lugs available as option
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Line and load terminal designations
Marked on contactors
Operating temperature range
–13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Terminal wire range Hex washer head screws
6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs
6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating 8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating 6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
Mounting position
Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
Coil Characteristics Maximum Inrush VA
Maximum Sealed VA
Watts
AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
24
33
6
2
4
120
33
6
208/240
33
4
277
33
4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
AC Coil Voltage 50/60 Hz
Maximum Inrush VA
Maximum Sealed VA
Watts
24
41
6.5
3
2
120
41
6.5
3
6
2
208/240
41
6.5
3
6
2
277
41
6.5
3
Single-Pole
Two-Pole
Trip Curves Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating Class 10 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
Class 20 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
10,000
10,000
5000 4000 3000 2000
5000 4000 3000 2000
1000
1000
500 400 300 200 Trip Time (Seconds) 100
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
4 4 4 4
500 400 300 200
From Cold Start
Trip Time (Seconds) 100
10
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
From Hot Start
50 40 30 20
10
0
From Cold Start
0
10
2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting
4 4 V5-T4-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
10
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
4.5
Renewal Parts
4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors ●
4
Replace complete contactor for: ● C25A_ ● C25B_ ● C25C_ ● C25D_
4 4 4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors Single-Pole Kit
Two-Pole Kit
Three-Pole Kit
Catalog Number
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
C25FNF250
—
6-65-5
—
C25FNF350
—
—
6-65-6
C25FNF260
—
6-65-7
—
C25FNF360
—
—
6-65-8
C25FNF275
—
6-65-20
—
C25FNF375
—
—
6-65-19
C25GNF290
—
—
—
C25GNF390
—
—
—
C25HNE3120
—
—
6-43-6
C25KNE3200
—
—
6-288
C25KNE3300
—
—
6-286
C25LNE3360
—
—
6-45-2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Product Selection
4
AC Coils AC Coil Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
VA
Watts
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
Part Number
Class F, 155°C
9-3185-5
4 4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 12
60
74.85
46.1
5.53
1.68
R
24
81.35
49.7
5.83
1.74
T
9-3185-6
110/120
74.69
51.6
5.79
1.81
A
9-3185-1
208/240
82.64
59.1
6.96
2.38
B
9-3185-2
220/240
4
74.03
51.8
5.85
1.99
J
73.39
52.1
6.09
2.58
C
9-3185-3
550/600
79.47
51.7
6.56
3.05
D
9-3185-4
277
72.88
52.4
6.09
2.58
H
9-3185-7
64.5
50.6
6.08
2.43
L
Class F, 155°C
9-3185-8
4
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-5
4
50
Class F, 155°C
4
440/480
380/415
60
4
9-3185-10
4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1) 12
65
30
11
2.5
R
24
65
30
11
2.5
T
9-3125-6
104/120
65
30
11
2.5
A
9-3125-1
208/240
60
75
35
17
3.5
B
440/480
50
75
35
17
3.5
C
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-3
550/600
75
35
17
3.5
D
9-3125-4
4 4
9-3125-2
277
60
65
30
11
2.5
H
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
380/415
50
75
35
17
3.5
L
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-59
4.5 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
AC Coils, continued AC Coil Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
VA
Watts
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
Class H, 180°C
Part Number
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 12
74.85
46.1
5.53
1.68
R
4
24
81.35
49.7
5.83
1.74
T
9-3252-6
110/120
74.69
51.6
5.79
1.81
A
9-3252-1
4
208/240
82.64
59.1
6.96
2.38
B
74.03
51.8
5.85
1.99
J
4
440/480
73.39
52.1
6.09
2.58
C
9-3252-3
4
550/600
79.47
51.7
6.56
3.05
D
9-3252-4
277
72.88
52.4
6.09
2.58
H
64.5
50.6
6.08
2.43
L
Class H, 180°C
Class F, 155°C
220/240
4
380/415
4
12
60
60
50
9-3252-5
9-3252-2 Class H, 180°C
9-3252-10
9-3252-7 9-3252-8
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 60
24
115.8
73.6
7.71
2.8
R
118.1
70.7
7.58
2.79
T
9-3186-6
9-3186-5
9-3186-1
4
110/120
110.7
73.3
7.67
2.89
A
4
208/240
124.9
90.3
10.04
3.74
B
220/240
112.9
76.2
7.6
3.02
J
4
440/480
114.7
75.6
8.01
3.68
C
9-3186-3
550/600
109
78.6
8.21
4.11
D
9-3186-4
4
277
115.4
73.1
7.73
3.12
H
9-3186-7
110.3
77
8.66
3.31
L
Class F, 155°C
4
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4
Class H, 180°C
24
4
380/415
12
60
50
60
9-3186-2 Class F, 155°C
9-3186-10
9-3186-8
115.8
73.6
7.71
2.8
R
118.1
70.7
7.58
2.79
T
9-3253-6
9-3253-5
9-3253-1
110/120
110.7
73.3
7.67
2.89
A
208/240
124.9
90.3
10.04
3.74
B
112.9
76.2
7.6
3.02
J
114.7
75.6
8.01
3.68
C
9-3253-3 9-3253-4
9-3253-2
4
220/240
4
550/600
109
78.6
8.21
4.11
D
4
277
115.4
73.1
7.73
3.12
H
110.3
77
8.66
3.31
L
Class H, 180°C
4
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole 8
R
Class B, 130°C
60
440/480
380/415
12
4
24
4
208/240
50
60
204
84
36.5
Class H, 180°C
9-3253-7
T
104/120 240
100.8
50.4
10.8
B
9-3253-8
9-3256-5 9-3256-6
A 50
9-3253-10
9-3256-1 Class B, 130°C
9-3256-2
4
440/480
C
550/600
D
9-3256-3
4
277
60
204
84
36.5
8
H
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-7
380/415
50
199
88.8
37.8
8.8
L
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-8
9-3256-4
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-60
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
4.5
AC Coils, continued AC Coil Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
Watts
VA
—
48/35
4
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
12
T
Class B, 130°C
4
Part Number
90A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series F1) 24
50/60
325/300
4
9-3080-1
110/120
A
9-3080-2
208–220
B
9-3080-3
380–415
50/60
325/300
—
48/35
12
C
Class B, 130°C
9-3080-5
277
60
325/300
—
48/35
12
H
Class B, 130°C
9-3080-4
390
112
49.8
13
T
Class B, 130°C
9-2756-16
4 4 4
120A—Three-Pole 24
50/60
110/120
A
9-2756-1
220/240
B
9-2756-2
440/480
C
9-2756-3
550/600
D
9-2756-4
208
60
390
112
49.8
13
277
E
Class B, 130°C
H
4 4 4
9-2756-5 9-2756-9
4
9-1891-1
4
200, 300 and 360A—Three-Pole 110/120
50/60
1040
216
116
17
A
Class F, 155°C
220/240
B
9-1891-2
440/480
C
9-1891-3
550/600 208 277
D 60
1040
216
116
17
E
4 4
9-1891-4 Class F, 155°C
H
9-1891-13
4
9-1891-26
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-61
4.5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts
DC Operation These DC coils have separate pick-up and seal windings. The pick-up winding must be connected to an early break normally closed auxiliary contact block and provide the magnetic force required to close the magnet. As the magnet approaches the closed position, the early break normally closed contact is opened and the holding coil is inserted in series with the pick-up winding.
The early break contact block (C320KGD1) has to be attached to the side of the contactor, taking up one of the positions available for add-on auxiliary contact blocks.
DC Coil Elementary Diagram—Contactors and Starters
4
A1 (Top)
A2 (Top)
4
Hold (Seal)
Pick-Up
4 4
Conductor Extending from Bottom of Coil
4
NCI
4
Early Break Normally Closed Auxiliary Contact
4 4 4
DC Coils 1 DC Coil Voltage
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
Amperes
Amperes
Watts
Watts
Coil Suffix
Class
Class F, 155°C
Part Number
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4
12
5.8
69
0.272
3.27
1R
4
24
2.9
69
0.13
3.12
1T
9-3254-3
48
1.5
72
0.07
3.37
1W
9-3254-4
4
120
0.61
73
0.03
3.68
1A
9-3254-5
4
12
5.8
69
0.272
3.27
1R
24
2.9
69
0.13
3.12
1T
9-3255-3
4
48
1.5
72
0.07
3.37
1W
9-3255-4
4
120
0.61
73
0.03
3.68
1A
9-3255-5
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1)
9-3254-2
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) Class F, 155°C
Class F, 155°C
9-3255-2
4
12
4.7
51
232 mA
1.8
1R
24
2.7
64
110 mA
2.4
1T
9-3126-1 9-3126-2
4
48
1.4
65
55 mA
2.5
1W
9-3126-3
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole (Series C1)
4
12
15.4
126
0.434
5.26
1R
4
24
6.2
88.4
0.211
5.12
1T
9-3257-2
48
2.9
76.2
0.102
4.92
1W
9-3257-3
120
1.1
67.3
0.044
5.32
1A
9-3257-4
4 4
Class F, 155°C
9-3257-1
Note 1 DC coils require an early break NC auxiliary contact C320KGD1 (1NCI) or C320KGD2 (1NO-1NCI). Order separately, not included with replacement coil.
4 V5-T4-62
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Contents
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
Description
Page
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-64 V5-T4-64 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-65 V5-T4-66
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Product Description
Application Description
The DPCK Contactors are designed to provide peak performance and reliability on special switching applications. These heavyduty special purpose contactors are rated for applications up to 1500 Vac.
●
●
Typical applications include mining equipment, welding equipment, heating and air conditioning applications and other loads that require a compact heavyduty contactor rated up to 1500 Vac The DPCK Contactors are supplied with bolts and washers on each terminal for use with customer supplied lugs
Features ●
●
●
●
●
4
Benefits
A double wound epoxy coil allows for lower temperature rise and longer life The U-shaped magnet provides fast, reliable action, long life and lower power requirements Stainless steel kick-out springs Rugged single-piece mounting plate Allows up to four double circuit auxiliary contacts per contactor
●
●
●
All contacts are silver alloy, providing long life and resistance to welding Straight-through wiring and up front terminals allow for fast, easy installation Loosening two captive screws allows for easy visual inspection of contacts
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-63
4.6
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number with any required accessories from below
4 4
35A 600/1000V Contactor
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Two- and Three-Pole 1 Open Ampere Rating
4
Open Type— Two-Pole
Three-Pole
600V
1000V
1500V
60 Hz 2
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
35
35
20
240
DPCK2035WW
DPCK3035WW
480
DPCK2035XW
DPCK3035XW
600
DPCK2035EW
DPCK3035EW
240
DPCK2100WW
DPCK3100WW
480
DPCK2100XW
DPCK3100XW
600
DPCK2100EW
DPCK3100EW
4 4
Coil Voltage
100
100
75
4 4 4
250A 600V Contactor
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Four- and Five-Pole 1 Coil Voltage
Open Type— Four-Pole
Five-Pole
4
Open Ampere Rating 600V
1000V
1500V
60 Hz 2
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
35
35
20
240
DPCK4035WW
DPCK5035WW
480
DPCK4035XW
DPCK5035XW
600
DPCK4035EW
DPCK5035EW
4 4 4
Accessories
4
Accessory Kits
4
Description
Catalog Number
Auxiliary contacts, 1NO-1NC
J11
4
Horizontal Mechanical Interlock 35A
180C113G09
4
100A
1264C37G01
Surge suppressor
SS56
4
Notes 1 Holding circuit auxiliary contact not included. If required, order from Accessories above. 2 For other coil voltages, refer to replacement coils on Page V5-T4-65 and insert proper letter in place of 9th character of listed catalog number. Example: DPCK3035WW with 380/50 coil DPCK3035HW.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-64
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Renewal Parts
4 4
DPCK Contactor Renewal Parts 35A
100A
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
Two-, Three-Pole
Hz
Coil Suffix Code
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Two-pole
—
—
180C180G01
1
180C180G05
Three-pole
—
—
180C180G02
2
180C180G06
ARC box
—
—
673B439G01
673B439G02
673B440G01
Upper base
—
—
673B439G03
673B439G04
673B440G02
Lower base
—
—
673B439G05
673B439G06
673B440G03
Crossbar
—
—
673B439G07
673B439G08
673B440G04
120/110
60/50
A
1266C28G01
1266C29G01
1254C70G01
110
60
V
1266C28G08
1266C29G06
1254C70G08
208/220
60
B
1266C28G02
1266C29G02
1254C70G02
220/240
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
240/220
60/50
W
1266C28G09
1266C29G07
1254C70G03
480/440
60/50
X
1266C28G10
1266C29G08
1254C70G05
440/480
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
600/550
60/50
E
1266C28G05
1266C29G04
1254C70G07
550
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
380
50
H
1266C28G06
1266C29G09
N/A
380/110
60
—
N/A
N/A
1254C70G12
Description
4 4
Contact Kit
4 4 4 4
Magnet Coil
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Magnet Coil VA—60 Hz
4 Closed Watts
4
50
18
130
40
4
Catalog Number
Open VA
Closed VA
DPCK3035
625
DPCK3100
1200
4
Notes 1 For a four-pole device, use (2) of the 180C180G01 contact kits. 2 For a five-pole device, use (1) of the 180C180G01 and (1) of the 180C180G02 contact kits.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-65
4.6
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4
Contact Ratings
4
Volts
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Full Load Current (Amperes)
Locked Rotor Current (Amperes)
Resistive Load (Amperes)
Lighting Load (Amperes)
Catalog Number DPCK3035 120
35
240
35
35
240
35
240
35
35
480
35
200
35
35
600
35
200
35
35
1000
35
200
—
—
1500
20
160
—
—
Catalog Number DPCK3100 120
100
600
100
100
240
100
600
100
100
480
100
600
100
100
600
100
600
100
100
1000
100
450
—
—
1500
75
300
—
—
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DPCK Air Break Contactors—35 and 100 Ampere
4 4
B
4 4 C
4 4 4 4 4
Poles
A Wide A
High B
Deep C
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
35A Contactors 2 and 3
4.06 (103.1)
5.44 (138.2)
5.63 (143.0)
16.0 (7.3)
4 and 5
6.06 (153.9)
5.44 (138.2)
5.63 (143.0)
19.0 (8.6)
2 and 3
5.38 (136.7)
7.81 (198.4)
6.75 (171.5)
28.0 (12.7)
V5-T4-66
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
100A Contactors
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
Mill Type Contactors
Description
Page
Mill Type Contactors Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-68 V5-T4-68 V5-T4-69 V5-T4-69 V5-T4-69 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Mill Type Contactors Product Description
Application Description
These DC mill type contactors are designed for heavy industry service and are suitable for use on moving machinery. The contactors listed here are for surface mounting on steel panels and front-of-panel wiring. The power stud assembly is mounted on the side of the contactor, rather than as part of a separate mounting kit.
●
●
Applications include mining, milling, cranes and transportation These contactors utilize DC coils
Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier module if the only control voltage source available is 120 Vac.
Features ●
● ●
Standards and Certifications
Forged steel armature levers and magnet frames for superior physical strength Self-lubricating bearings Long contact life
● ● ● ● ●
CMAA 5.6.6-2 NEMA ICS3-441, 442, 443 NEMA ICS2-331.23 NEMA ICS2-110.05.02 NEMA ICS2-125.21.02
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-67
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
DC Mill Type Contactor
C80 E H 4 2 1 N 2 0
4 4
Basic contactor catalog number
Type of auxiliary right position 1
4
Contactor NEMA size
Type of auxiliary left position 1
4
Blowout coil rating
Auxiliary contact mounting options 1
4
Power pole configuration
Coil voltage
Type of mounting options 1
4 4 4 4 4
Product Selection When Ordering Specify ●
The catalog number with any required accessories
DC Mill Type Contactors
DC Mill Type Contactors Open Type Contactors NEMA Size
Number of Poles
Blowout Coil Ampere Rating
230V Coil Catalog Number
100V Coil Catalog Number
Mechanical Interlock Catalog Number
2
1NO
None
C80DX12
C80DX14
C81DDA11
4
5
C80DC12
C80DC14
C81DDA11
4
25
C80DF12
C80DF14
C81DDA11
50
C80DG12
C80DG14
C81DDA11
None
C80DX22
C80DX24
C81DDA12
5
C80DC22
C80DC24
C81DDA12
25
C80DF22
C80DF24
C81DDA12
50
C80DG22
C80DG24
C81DDA12
1NO
100
C80EH121
C80EH141
C81DEA11
1NC
100
C80EH421
C80EH441
— C81DEA11
4
2NO
4 4 4
3
4
4
1NO
150
C80FJ121
C80FJ141
1NC
150
C80FJ421
C80FJ441
—
1NO
300
C80GK121
C80GK141
C81DGA11
1NC
300
C80GK421
C80GK441
—
1NO
600
C80JL121
C80JL141
C81DJA11
1NC
600
C80JL421
C80JL441
—
6A 2
1NO
810
C80KM121
C80KM141
C81DJA11
8
1NO
1350
C80WN121
C80WN141
C81DLA11
4
5
4
6
4 4 4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
DC Coil Voltage
4 4 4
Coil Suffix
DC Coil Voltage
Coil Suffix
115V
1
No Coil
5
230V
2
Special 3
9
100V
4
Notes 1 See Page V5-T4-69 for options. 2 Not a NEMA size. 3 Consult factory.
4 4 V5-T4-68
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts with Mounting Kit Mounting Location
Contact Arrangement
Contactor Size
Catalog Number
Side
1NO, 1NC
2
C81BAC1
Bottom
1NO, 1NC
2
C81BBC1
3, 4, 5, 6, 6A
C81BBC2
4 4 4 4
Rectifier Module Description
Contactor Size
Catalog Number
120 Vac Input, 100 Vdc Output
All
C81EB
4 4
Options
4
Auxiliary Contact Mounting Material Options
4
Contactor Size
Location
Suffix
2
Side
A
2
Bottom, with left hand and right hand option
B
2
Bottom, with left hand or right hand option
C
3–8
Bottom, with left hand and right hand option
B
2–8
None
N
4 4 4 4
Auxiliary Contact Options per Side
4
Configuration
Suffix
1NO
1
2NO
2
1NO-1NC
3
1NC
4
2NC
5
None
0
4
Mounting Kit Options 1
4
Description
Suffix
Surface—Front of panel wiring
1
Elevated—Front of panel wiring
32
4 4 4
4 4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Mill Type Contactors
4
Description
Specification
Current range
5–1800 amperes
Voltage
115, 230 and 550 Vdc
Mechanical life
20M operations
Electrical life
500K operations
4 4 4
Notes 1 Solderless lugs available, consult factory. 2 Not available with Size 2.
4 4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-69
4.7 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Contents
600V Contactors
Description
4
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-71 V5-T4-72 V5-T4-73 V5-T4-73 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4
600V Contactors
4
Product Description
Application Description
These DC Contactors are designed to handle rugged DC applications. They provide durable service and easy installation and maintenance.
●
4 4 4
●
Applications including mining, milling, cranes and transportation These contactors utilize DC coils
Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier module if the only control voltage source available is 120 Vac.
4
Features ● ●
● ●
Benefits
Sturdy glass polyester base Knife edge bearings that guarantee precise operation and minimal wear High contact pressure Vacuum impregnated magnetic coil
4
●
●
●
●
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-70
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Able to mount on steel or panels of any material for maximum flexibility Front or rear mounting available for convenient installation and maintenance Rapid arc quenching to ensure long life Easily accessible contact tips to remove and replace
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify
4
● ●
Catalog number with appropriate coil suffix Any required accessories
600V Contactor
4 4
600V Contactors Size
Open 8 Hour Ampere Rating
Contact Arrangement
Provisions for Interlocks
1NO
Yes
Mechanical
Electrical
Magnet Coil Voltage
4
125 Vdc 1
Catalog Number
4
ME010C
4
Front Connected 0
10
2NO
2
ME020C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME011C
1NC 1
25
1NO
2 Yes
3
50
100
2
ME120C
4
ME111C
2 Yes
150
4
ME220C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME211C
1NC
2
ME201C
Yes
4
125 Vdc 1
2
ME320C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME311C
2 Yes
4
4 4 4
ME310C
2NO
1NO
4
ME210C
2
1NO
4
ME101C 125 Vdc 1
2NO
1NC 4
ME110C
1NO, 1NC
1NO
4
ME001C 125 Vdc 1
2NO
1NC 2
4
4
4 4
ME301C 125 Vdc 1
ME410C
4
2NO
2
ME420C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME411C
1NC
2
ME401C
4
ME 2
4
Rear Connected 0–4
10–150
—
—
—
—
4
Notes 1 Other coil voltages available, see Page V5-T4-73. Substitute suffix code of desired voltage for last digit in listed catalog number. Example: ME010B. 2 For 10–150A rear connected contactors, order front connected ME contactor above and rear connection kit, catalog number 2184A10G08, (field installed only). See Page V5-T4-73.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-71
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Electrical Interlocks)—For Field Installation Only 1
4 4
Auxiliary Contact Type
Application
Contact Arrangement 2
Number of Auxiliary Contacts
L46
ME01 only
NO–FC
1
Auxiliary Contacts Factory Installed 1
Auxiliary Contacts Unmounted Replacement Only
Mounting and Operating Hardware for New Applications
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
11A8713G10
11A8713G10
None required
11A8713G09
11A8713G09
None required
4
ME10 only
NC–FC–OB
1
487B878G01
487B878G01
None required
4
ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30, ME31, ME40 and ME41
NO–FC
1
11A8713G09
11A8713G09
None required
11A8713G10
11A8713G10
None required
ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30, ME31, ME40 and ME41
DB–FC–L
1
659C301G04
659C301G04
None required
659C301G05
659C301G05
None required
ME10 Only
DB–FC–L–OB
1
487B878G06
487B878G06
None required
487B878G07
487B878G07
None required
4
NC–FC
L66
4
NC–FC
DB–FC–R
4 4
DB–FC–R–OB
Standard Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage
Suffix Code
4
65 Vdc (ME Size 0–4 only)
A
115 Vdc
B
4
125 Vdc
C
230 Vdc
D
4
250 Vdc
E
4
550 Vdc
F
Other
G
4 4 4
Rear Connector Kit for ME Contactors 3 Catalog Number
Accessory Option Description Rectifier for AC Operation Order by description
2184A10G08
4 4
Mechanical Interlocks, Unmounted
4
Type
Contactor Type
Size
Contacts
Catalog Number
M-25
ME
All
1NO, 1NO + 1NC
878D400G01
M-25
ME
All
2NO, 2NO + 1NC
878D401G01
4 4 4
Notes 1 For factory installed electrical interlocks, consult factory. 2 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, DB = Delayed Break, FC = Front Connected, L = Left Hand, R = Right Hand, OB = Outboard (for single-pole, Size 2 frame). 3 Field installation only.
4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-72
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Renewal Parts
4
ME Series
4
Kits Two NO Poles
One NC Pole
One NO/NC Pole
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Contact kit
1
2184A10G14
2
2184A10G14
1
2184A10G14
2
2184A10G14
Arc box 10/25/50A
1
2184A10G09
2
2184A10G09
1
2184A10G09
2
2184A10G09
Arc box 100/150A
1
2184A10G10
2
2184A10G10
1
2184A10G10
2
2184A10G10
Shunt kit
1
2184A10G21
1
2184A20G16
1
2084A01G07
1
2184A11G07
Armature kit
1
2184A10G19
1
2184A20G15
1
2084A01G06
1
2184A11G06
4 4
Blowout Assembly 10A
1
2184A10G15
1
2184A20G11
1
2184A10G15
2
2184A10G15
25A
1
2184A10G16
1
2184A20G12
1
2184A10G16
2
2184A10G16
50A
1
2184A10G17
1
2184A20G13
1
2184A10G17
2
2184A10G17
110/150A
1
2184A10G18
1
2184A20G14
1
2184A10G18
2
2184A10G18
Rear conn. kit
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
Operating Coils
Holding Coils (Lower)—1NO-1NC Contactors Only 1
10/25/50/100/150 Ampere Sizes
10/25/50 Ampere Sizes
100/150 Ampere Sizes
Voltage
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
4 4 4
65V
30B4376G06
44A6366G10
30B4376G27
90/92V
30B4376G25
44A6366G12
427C048G16
115V
30B4376G07
44A6366G13
30B4376G01
125V
30B4376G08
44A6366G19
30B4376G26
230/240V
30B4376G09
44A6366G15
30B4376G02
250V
30B4376G10
44A6366G23
30B4376G17
500V
30B4376G14
N/A
N/A
550V
30B4376G11
44A6366G18
30B4376G03
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 600V Contactors Contact Arrangement
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1NO
3.18 (80.8)
7.56 (192.0)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
2NO
5.53 (140.5)
6.75 (171.5)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
1NO, 1NC
3.67 (93.2)
12.44 (316.0)
6.81 (173.0)
12.0 (5.4)
1NC
3.67 (93.2)
9.57 (243.1)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
4 4
Front Connected
3–4
4
4
Dimensions
0–2
4
4
Coils
Contactor Size
4
One NO Pole Description
1NO
3.18 (80.8)
7.78 (197.6)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
2NO
5.53 (140.5)
7.44 (189.0)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
1NO, 1NC
3.67 (93.2)
12.88 (327.2)
6.81 (173.0)
12.0 (5.4)
1NC
3.67 (93.2)
9.69 (246.1)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
4 4 4 4 4
Note 1 If lower coils are required, order separately.
4 4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-73
4.7 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Contents
DPM 750V Contactor
Description
4
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-75 V5-T4-75 V5-T4-75 V5-T4-76 V5-T4-76 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4
DPM 750V Contactor
4
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The DPM 750 Vdc Definite Purpose Contactor has been designed to meet severe environmental and vibration conditions found in your worst applications. The contactor is of unit construction, assembled on a molded insulated base, providing maximum performance in minimum space.
This rugged device was designed for applications such as railway equipment, offshore drilling, mining, offroad vehicles, marine, and so on.
●
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
●
●
Benefits
Power circuit insulating barriers are molded from glass-polyester materials having high arc and track resisting qualities The DPM is designed to mount directly on a channel or angle frame, but may be adapted for mounting on a flat metal or insulated panel Available with or without an overcurrent latching mechanism to prevent opening under heavy overload currents. When the line current returns to normal, the overcurrent latch disengages
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-74
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Saves panel space by locating the arc chute vents on the front of the unit. This eliminates the need for arcing clearance above the contactor All vital parts are removable from the front without having to disconnect line or load connections, allowing for easy maintenance Safety is a must. The mechanical interlock prevents the contactor from closing when the arc box has been removed or when it is not installed properly
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number of contactor and any required accessories
4
750 Vdc Contactor
4
750 Vdc Contactors Catalog Number
Coil Operating Voltage 1
Over-Current Latch
Catalog Number
2120A07G01 2
74 Vdc
Without
2120A07G09
With
2120A07G10
Without
2120A07G13
With
2120A07G14
Without
2120A07G17
With
2120A07G18
Coil Operating Voltage 1
Over-Current Latch
28 Vdc
Without With
2120A07G02 2
36 Vdc
55 Vdc
2
Without
2120A07G03
With
2120A07G04 2 2
Without
2120A07G05
With
2120A07G06 2
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
4 4 4 4 4 4
Accessories Extra L-67 Auxiliary Contacts—Order Separately Contact Combination Provided by One Auxiliary Contact Assembly
Field Installed Kit
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Catalog Number
0
4
2087A40G11
1
3
2087A40G12
2
2
2087A40G13
3
1
2087A40G14
4
0
2087A40G15
4 4 4 4 4 4
Mechanical Interlock Kit Description
Catalog Number
Mechanical Horizontal Interlock Kit Includes mounting instructions and mounting hardware 3
1954D13G01
4 4 4
Renewal Parts
4
DPM Contactor Description
Catalog Number
Contact Kit
2131A94G10
4 4
Arc Box
2131A94G03
Shunt
3534C86G01
4
28 Vdc
2114A92G04
36 Vdc
2114A92G05
4
55 Vdc
2114A92G06
74 Vdc
2114A92G09
110/115 Vdc
2114A92G14
125 Vdc
2114A92G15
275 Vdc
2114A92G16
600 Vdc
2114A92G20
Coils
4 4 4 4
Notes 1 For other coil operating voltages, contact Eaton Technical Resource Center. 2 Includes factory installed 2NO/2NC auxiliary contacts. 3 When interlock kit is installed, only one L-67 auxiliary contact can be mounted on each DPM contactor.
4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-75
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
DPM Contactor Description
Specification
4
Line voltage
750 Vdc
4 4 4 4
Continuous current rating Carrying and interrupting capacity
1250A
Operating coil Duty rating
Continuous
Operation
Will operate at 80–110% of rated voltage
Insulation between power circuit and operating coil
Rated 750 Vdc
Arcing and creepage distances
Meet or exceed NEMA standards for 750V equipment
Blowout coil
Rated for continuous duty
4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DPM Contactor
4
.44 (11.1) Dia. - 2 Mounting Holes
4
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep 2 Line Terminal Holes
4 4
1.00 (25.4) 4.00 2.00 (50.8) 1.00 (25.4) (101.6)
4 Clearance to Ground
4
6.25 (158.8)
1.88 1.25 (47.6) (31.8)
.63 (15.9)
4
12.13 (308.0)
To Remove Arc Chute
4
.50 (12.7)
4
.50 (12.7) 1.88 (26.3)
4 4
5.31 (134.9)
4 4
Two L-67 Auxiliary Contact Units
10.56 (268.3)
3.00 (76.2)*
1.50 (38.1)
4
4
11.06 (281.0)
Customer Mounting Channel
.88 (22.4)
4
4
Duplicate Adjacent Contactor
1.38 (34.9) 1.00 (25.4)
4
4
CL 5.00 (127.0)
Coil Terminal Tabs for No. 250 Faston 4.00 (101.6)
1.25 (31.8)
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep 2 Load Terminal Holes
2.06 (52.4) 4.13 (105.0)
*This dimension must not be exceeded or flashover may occur.
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
4.13 (105)
11.06 (280.9)
12.12 (307.8)
30.5 (13.8)
4 V5-T4-76
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
AVD–Contactor
Description Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
4
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74
4
V5-T4-78 V5-T4-78 V5-T4-78 V5-T4-79 V5-T4-79 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-83
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
AVD–Contactor Product Description
Application Description
Features
The AVD–Contactor is a single-pole normally open, load break, bi-directional definite purpose DC contactor. The device is rated at 1400 amps continuous and is capable of switching up to 2000 Vdc loads.
The AVD–Contactor was designed for the demanding environmental requirements of locomotive, rapid transit and off highway vehicle applications. This device is also applied in high horsepower DC drive applications including process lines and off shore oil drilling rigs.
●
●
●
● ●
●
4
Bi-directional interrupting capability 2000 Vdc switching in a compact design due to arc chute Any combination of up to four isolated NO or NC auxiliary contacts Panel mount design Continuous duty operating coil Continuous duty blow out coil
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-77
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4 4 4
● ●
Product specification: The AVD-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device configurations and application assistance
1400A Contactor
4
AVD–Contactor Device Type
Auxiliary Contact Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
1400A contactor
3NO/1NC
28
6702ED667-4
37
6702ED667-5
74
6702ED667-6
100
6702ED667-3
230
6702ED667-7
4 4 4 4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration
Terminal Configuration
Catalog Number
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
4
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
4
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4
4 4 4
Renewal Parts
4
Contacts
4
Description
Quantity Required per Contactor
Catalog Number
Stationary contact
1
23-7253
Movable contact
2
23-7255
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
V5-T4-78
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Technical Data and Specifications
4
AVD-Contactor Description
4
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1400A continuous
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
Up to 2000 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
2 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
28, 37, 74, 100, 230 (others available)
4 4
Operating Coil Characteristics Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
28
1.87
9-3004-2
37
1.58
9-3004-3
74
0.79
9-3004-1
100
0.62
9-3004-5
230
0.25
9-3004-4
4 4 4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
AVD-Contactor
4 15.00 (381)
5.00 (127) .75 (19.1)
2.25 (57.2)
Maximum Stud Length to Maintain 2000 Volt Electrical Clearance Rating (Top Right Stud Only)
4
1.25 Max
4 4 4
D A N G E R
4 4
17.50 (444.5)
4
19.50 (495.3)
16.00 (406.4)
4 4 4 4
.75 (19.1) .75 (19.1)
4 3.50 (88.9)
4
.43 (10.9) Dia. Mounting Hole (4 Places)
4
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
4
15.0 (381.0)
19.5 (495.3)
5.0 (127.0)
70 (31.8)
4
Front
Top
Sides
2 (51)
2 (51)
1 (25)
Arc Clearances
4 4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-79
4.7 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
Contents
D–Contactor
Description
4
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
D–Contactor
4
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The D–Contactor is a singlepole normally open, load break, bi-directional definite purpose DC contactor. Two devices are available rated at 1800A and 3000A at 750 Vdc.
The D–Contactor was designed for the demanding environmental requirements of locomotive, rapid transit and off highway vehicle applications. This device is also widely applied in high horsepower DC drive applications including process lines and off shore oil drilling rigs.
●
4 4 4 4 4
●
●
●
4 4
●
4
●
4
Bi-directional interrupting capability Compact design due to intermittent duty blowout coil and arc interruption circuit (not suitable for extremely high duty cycle or jogging applications) Any combination of up to eight isolated NO or NC auxiliary contacts Channel/angle frame mounting standard, optional panel mount kit available Continuous duty operating coil Screw type or fast-on control terminals
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-80
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-81 V5-T4-81 V5-T4-81 V5-T4-82 V5-T4-82 V5-T4-83
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4
● ●
Product specification: The D-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device configurations and application assistance
1800A Contactor
4 4
D–Contactor Device Type
Auxiliary Contact Configuration
1800A contactor
3000A contactor
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
3NO/1NC
74 Vdc
6702ED584
3NO/1NC
100 Vdc
6702ED663
2NO/2NC
115 Vdc
6702ED584-2
3NO/1NC
74 Vdc
6702ED587-2
2NO/2NC
100 Vdc
6702ED668
3NO/1NC
115 Vdc
6702ED587-4
4 4 4 4 4 4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration
Terminal Configuration
Catalog Number
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4 4 4 4 4
Panel Mounting Kit Description
Catalog Number
Panel mounting kit
99-3842
4 4 4
Renewal Parts
4
Contact Kits Device Rating
Main Contact Configuration
Contacts
Catalog Number
1800A
2-Main
Main contacts
6-497
1800A
2-Main
Arcing contacts
23-5449
3000A
4-Main
Main contacts
6-496
3000A
4-Main
Arcing contacts
23-5448
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-81
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
D–Contactor Description
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1800A and 3000A continuous
Resistive interrupt rating
5000A 750 Vdc
4
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
Up to 1500 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
2 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
12, 24, 32, 48, 74, 100, 115, 230 (others available)
4 4
Operating Coil Characteristics
4
Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
4
12
3.96
9-1688-15
4
24
2.00
9-1688-7
32
1.44
9-1688-9
4
48
1.00
9-1688-12
74
0.97
9-2064-3
4
100
0.45
9-1688-8
0.37
9-1688-2
4
115 230
0.20
9-1688-1
4 4 4
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) D–Contactor
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
.562 (14.3) Dia. Mtg. Hole
6.33 (160.8)
13.68 (347.5)
1.75 (44.5) to Remove Arc Shoot
2.52 (64) 6.52 (165.6)
9.6 (243.8)
5.0 (127) 6.04 (153.4) Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
9.6 (243.8)
13.68 (347.5)
6.04 (153.4)
43 (19.5)
4
Arc Clearances
4
Type of Load
Front
Top
Sides
Resistive
4 (102)
2 (51)
3 (76)
Inductive
7 (178)
4 (102)
3 (76)
4
750V
4 4 4 4 V5-T4-82
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
Description
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-67 V5-T4-70 V5-T4-74 V5-T4-77 V5-T4-80 V5-T4-84 V5-T4-84 V5-T4-84 V5-T4-85 V5-T4-85
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor Product Description
Application Description
Features
The Reversing/Assignment Contactor is a two-pole, double-throw non-load break definite purpose DC contactor. A three-position center-off and a two-position magnetically-latched configuration is available. The device is rated for 1100A, 1000 Vdc. The Reversing Contactor includes cross over busbars for DC motor reversing applications; the Assignment Contactor omits the cross over busbars for motor assignment applications. (See Page V5-T4-85.)
The Reversing/Assignment Contactor was designed for the demanding environmental requirements of off highway vehicle applications. This device is also widely utilized with high horsepower DC drives for DC motor reversing and drive assignment applications.
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
4
Bi-directional current carrying capability (nonload break) Can replace four singlepole contactors in DC motor reversing applications Can replace two or four single-pole contactors in DC motor assignment applications Any combination of up to eight isolated NO or NC auxiliary contacts Panel mount design Continuous duty operating coil Screw type or fast-on control terminals
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-83
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4 4 4
● ●
Product specification: The Reversing/assignment contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device configurations and application assistance
1000V Contactor
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor (Three-Position, Center OFF) Device Type
Auxiliary Contact Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
Reverser
8NO
74
6702ED615
4NO/4NC
125
6702ED621-2
250
6702ED622
74
6702ED664-2
125
6702ED621
250
6702ED664-6
4 Assignment
4
4NO/4NC
4 4 4
Accessories Auxiliary Contacts
4
Contact Configuration
Terminal Configuration
Catalog Number
4
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
4
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
4
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
4
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4 4 4
Renewal Parts Contact Kits Device
Configuration
4
Reversing/assignment
Three-position
6-602
Reversing/assignment upgrade kit 1
Three-position
6-602-3
4
Magnetic latched reversing/assignment
Two-position
6-602-5
4 4
Catalog Number
Note 1 The 6-602-3 contact kit will upgrade the three-position, reversing/assignment device from the original design that incorporated a leaf spring contact structure to the present design that incorporates a coil spring contact structure. The 6-602 contact kit can then be used after the device has been upgraded for subsequent contact replacement.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-84
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
4
Description
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1100A continuous
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
For 1000 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
1 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
24, 28, 36, 74, 110, 125, 250 (others available)
4 4
Operating Coil Characteristics Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
24
1.60
9-1903-9
28
1.30
9-1903-1
36
1.06
9-1903-3
74
0.49
9-1903-7
110
0.33
9-1903-6
125
0.33
9-1903-4
250
0.17
9-1903-8
4 4 4 4 4 4
Reversing Contactor Schematic Diagram
4 The reversing contactor includes the cross over busbars for DC motor reversing applications. The assignment contactor omits the cross over busbars for motor assignment applications.
Load
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Line
4 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
Reversing Contactor
4 4
2 1/2-13 x 1.0 Mtg. Screws 6.8 11.3 (172.7) (287)
4 4
10.5 (266.7)
3.89 (98.8)
1.25 (31.8)
9.38 (238.3)
4 4
3/8-16 ASA 23 12 Holes
4
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
11.3 (287)
10.5 (266.7)
6.8 (172.7)
45 (20.4)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-85
4 4
4.8 4 4 4 4 4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings
Ampere Rating of AC Motors Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average
full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater than the values given below.
4 4
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
4
hp 1
4 4
1/4
1/3
4 4
1/2
4 4
3/4
4 4
1
4 4
1-1/2
4 4
2
4 4 4
3
4 4
5
4 4 4
Syn. Speed RPM
Caution—These average ratings could be high or low for a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
Current in Amperes 200V
230V
380V 2
460V
575V
2200V
1800
1.09
0.95
0.55
0.48
0.38
—
1200
1.61
1.4
0.81
0.7
0.56
—
900
1.84
1.6
0.93
0.8
0.64
—
1800
1.37
1.19
0.69
0.6
0.48
—
1200
1.83
1.59
0.92
0.8
0.64
—
900
2.07
1.8
1.04
0.9
0.72
—
1800
1.98
1.72
0.99
0.86
0.69
—
1200
2.47
2.15
1.24
1.08
0.86
—
900
2.74
2.38
1.38
1.19
0.95
— —
1800
2.83
2.46
1.42
1.23
0.98
1200
3.36
2.92
1.69
1.46
1.17
—
900
3.75
3.26
1.88
1.63
1.3
—
3600
3.22
2.8
1.7
1.4
1.12
—
1800
4.09
3.56
2.06
1.78
1.42
—
1200
4.32
3.76
2.28
1.88
1.5
—
900
4.95
4.3
2.6
2.15
1.72
—
3600
5.01
4.36
2.64
2.18
1.74
—
1800
5.59
4.86
2.94
2.43
1.94
—
1200
6.07
5.28
3.2
2.64
2.11
— —
900
6.44
5.6
3.39
2.8
2.24
3600
6.44
5.6
3.39
2.8
2.24
—
1800
7.36
6.4
3.87
3.2
2.56
—
1200
7.87
6.84
4.14
3.42
2.74
—
900
9.09
7.9
4.77
3.95
3.16
—
3600
9.59
8.34
5.02
4.17
3.34
—
1800
10.8
9.4
5.7
4.7
3.76
—
1200
11.7
10.2
6.2
5.12
4.1
—
900
13.1
11.4
6.9
5.7
4.55
—
3600
15.5
13.5
8.2
6.76
5.41
—
1800
16.6
14.4
8.74
7.21
5.78
—
1200
18.2
15.8
9.59
7.91
6.32
—
900
18.3
15.9
9.6
7.92
6.33
—
Notes 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 2 380V 50 Hz.
4 4 V5-T4-86
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings
4.8
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued hp
1
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
4
Syn. Speed RPM
Current in Amperes 200V
230V
380V
460V
575V
2200V
3600
22.4
19.5
11.8
9.79
7.81
—
1800
24.7
21.5
13
10.7
8.55
—
1200
25.1
21.8
13.2
10.9
8.7
—
900
26.5
23
13.9
11.5
9.19
—
3600
29.2
25.4
15.4
12.7
10.1
—
1800
30.8
26.8
16.3
13.4
10.7
—
1200
32.2
28
16.9
14
11.2
—
900
35.1
30.5
18.5
15.2
12.2
—
3600
41.9
36.4
22
18.2
14.5
—
1800
45.1
39.2
23.7
19.6
15.7
—
1200
47.6
41.4
25
20.7
16.5
—
900
51.2
44.5
26.9
22.2
17.8
—
3600
58
50.4
30.5
25.2
20.1
—
1800
58.9
51.2
31
25.6
20.5
—
1200
60.7
52.8
31.9
26.4
21.1
—
2
900
63.1
54.9
33.2
27.4
21.9
—
3600
69.9
60.8
36.8
30.4
24.3
—
1800
74.5
64.8
39.2
32.4
25.9
—
1200
75.4
65.6
39.6
32.8
26.2
—
900
77.4
67.3
40.7
33.7
27
—
3600
84.8
73.7
44.4
36.8
29.4
—
1800
86.9
75.6
45.7
37.8
30.2
—
1200
90.6
78.8
47.6
39.4
31.5
—
900
94.1
81.8
49.5
40.9
32.7
—
3600
111
96.4
58.2
48.2
38.5
—
1800
116
101
61
50.4
40.3
—
1200
117
102
61.2
50.6
40.4
—
900
121
105
63.2
52.2
41.7
—
3600
138
120
72.9
60.1
48.2
—
1800
143
124
75.2
62.2
49.7
—
1200
145
126
76.2
63
50.4
—
900
150
130
78.5
65
52
—
3600
164
143
86.8
71.7
57.3
—
1800
171
140
90
74.5
59.4
—
1200
173
150
91
75
60
—
900
177
154
93.1
77
61.5
—
3600
206
179
108
89.6
71.7
—
1800
210
183
111
91.6
73.2
—
1200
212
184
112
92
73.5
—
900
222
193
117
96.5
77.5
—
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Notes 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 2 380V 50 Hz.
4 4 4 4 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-87
4.8
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings
4
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued
4
Syn. Speed RPM
Current in Amperes
hp 1
200V
230V
380V 2
460V
575V
2200V
100
3600
266
231
140
115
92.2
—
1800
271
236
144
118
94.8
23.6
1200
275
239
145
120
95.6
24.2
900
290
252
153
126
101
24.8
3600
—
292
176
146
116
—
1800
—
293
177
147
117
29.2
4 4 4
125
4 4
150
1200
—
298
180
149
119
29.9
900
—
305
186
153
122
30.9
3600
—
343
208
171
137
—
1800
—
348
210
174
139
34.8
1200
—
350
210
174
139
35.5
900
—
365
211
183
146
37
3600
—
452
257
226
181
—
4
1800
—
458
265
229
184
46.7
4
1200
—
460
266
230
184
47
900
—
482
279
241
193
49.4
4 4
4
200
250
4 4 4 4 4
300
3600
—
559
338
279
223
—
1800
—
568
343
284
227
57.5
1200
—
573
345
287
229
58.5
900
—
600
347
300
240
60.5
1800
—
678
392
339
271
69
1200
—
684
395
342
274
70
400
1800
—
896
518
448
358
91.8
500
1800
—
1110
642
555
444
116
Notes 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 2 380V 50 Hz.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V5-T4-88
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
